annotate CSP2/CSP2_env/env-d9b9114564458d9d-741b3de822f2aaca6c6caa4325c4afce/share/man/man3/libpng.3 @ 68:5028fdace37b

planemo upload commit 2e9511a184a1ca667c7be0c6321a36dc4e3d116d
author jpayne
date Tue, 18 Mar 2025 16:23:26 -0400
parents
children
rev   line source
jpayne@68 1 .TH LIBPNG 3 "February 23, 2024"
jpayne@68 2 .SH NAME
jpayne@68 3 libpng \- Portable Network Graphics (PNG) Reference Library 1.6.43
jpayne@68 4
jpayne@68 5 .SH SYNOPSIS
jpayne@68 6 \fB#include <png.h>\fP
jpayne@68 7
jpayne@68 8 \fBpng_uint_32 png_access_version_number (void);\fP
jpayne@68 9
jpayne@68 10 \fBvoid png_benign_error (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_charp \fIerror\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 11
jpayne@68 12 \fBvoid png_build_grayscale_palette (int \fP\fIbit_depth\fP\fB, png_colorp \fIpalette\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 13
jpayne@68 14 \fBpng_voidp png_calloc (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_alloc_size_t \fIsize\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 15
jpayne@68 16 \fBvoid png_chunk_benign_error (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_charp \fIerror\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 17
jpayne@68 18 \fBvoid png_chunk_error (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_charp \fIerror\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 19
jpayne@68 20 \fBvoid png_chunk_warning (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_charp \fImessage\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 21
jpayne@68 22 \fBvoid png_convert_from_struct_tm (png_timep \fP\fIptime\fP\fB, struct tm FAR * \fIttime\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 23
jpayne@68 24 \fBvoid png_convert_from_time_t (png_timep \fP\fIptime\fP\fB, time_t \fIttime\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 25
jpayne@68 26 \fBpng_charp png_convert_to_rfc1123 (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_timep \fIptime\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 27
jpayne@68 28 \fBpng_infop png_create_info_struct (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 29
jpayne@68 30 \fBpng_structp png_create_read_struct (png_const_charp \fP\fIuser_png_ver\fP\fB, png_voidp \fP\fIerror_ptr\fP\fB, png_error_ptr \fP\fIerror_fn\fP\fB, png_error_ptr \fIwarn_fn\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 31
jpayne@68 32 \fBpng_structp png_create_read_struct_2 (png_const_charp \fP\fIuser_png_ver\fP\fB, png_voidp \fP\fIerror_ptr\fP\fB, png_error_ptr \fP\fIerror_fn\fP\fB, png_error_ptr \fP\fIwarn_fn\fP\fB, png_voidp \fP\fImem_ptr\fP\fB, png_malloc_ptr \fP\fImalloc_fn\fP\fB, png_free_ptr \fIfree_fn\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 33
jpayne@68 34 \fBpng_structp png_create_write_struct (png_const_charp \fP\fIuser_png_ver\fP\fB, png_voidp \fP\fIerror_ptr\fP\fB, png_error_ptr \fP\fIerror_fn\fP\fB, png_error_ptr \fIwarn_fn\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 35
jpayne@68 36 \fBpng_structp png_create_write_struct_2 (png_const_charp \fP\fIuser_png_ver\fP\fB, png_voidp \fP\fIerror_ptr\fP\fB, png_error_ptr \fP\fIerror_fn\fP\fB, png_error_ptr \fP\fIwarn_fn\fP\fB, png_voidp \fP\fImem_ptr\fP\fB, png_malloc_ptr \fP\fImalloc_fn\fP\fB, png_free_ptr \fIfree_fn\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 37
jpayne@68 38 \fBvoid png_data_freer (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIfreer\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fImask\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 39
jpayne@68 40 \fBvoid png_destroy_info_struct (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infopp \fIinfo_ptr_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 41
jpayne@68 42 \fBvoid png_destroy_read_struct (png_structpp \fP\fIpng_ptr_ptr\fP\fB, png_infopp \fP\fIinfo_ptr_ptr\fP\fB, png_infopp \fIend_info_ptr_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 43
jpayne@68 44 \fBvoid png_destroy_write_struct (png_structpp \fP\fIpng_ptr_ptr\fP\fB, png_infopp \fIinfo_ptr_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 45
jpayne@68 46 \fBvoid png_err (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 47
jpayne@68 48 \fBvoid png_error (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_charp \fIerror\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 49
jpayne@68 50 \fBvoid png_free (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_voidp \fIptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 51
jpayne@68 52 \fBvoid png_free_chunk_list (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 53
jpayne@68 54 \fBvoid png_free_default (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_voidp \fIptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 55
jpayne@68 56 \fBvoid png_free_data (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int \fInum\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 57
jpayne@68 58 \fBpng_byte png_get_bit_depth (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 59
jpayne@68 60 \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_bKGD (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_color_16p \fI*background\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 61
jpayne@68 62 \fBpng_byte png_get_channels (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 63
jpayne@68 64 \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_cHRM (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*white_x\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*white_y\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*red_x\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*red_y\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*green_x\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*green_y\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*blue_x\fP\fB, double \fI*blue_y\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 65
jpayne@68 66 \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_cHRM_fixed (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*white_x\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*white_y\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*red_x\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*red_y\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*green_x\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*green_y\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*blue_x\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fI*blue_y\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 67
jpayne@68 68 \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_cHRM_XYZ (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*red_X\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*red_Y\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*red_Z\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*green_X\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*green_Y\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*green_Z\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*blue_X\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*blue_Y\fP\fB, double \fI*blue_Z\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 69
jpayne@68 70 \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_cHRM_XYZ_fixed (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fI*int_red_X\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fI*int_red_Y\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fI*int_red_Z\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fI*int_green_X\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fI*int_green_Y\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fI*int_green_Z\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fI*int_blue_X\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fI*int_blue_Y\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fI*int_blue_Z\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 71
jpayne@68 72 \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_chunk_cache_max (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 73
jpayne@68 74 \fBpng_alloc_size_t png_get_chunk_malloc_max (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 75
jpayne@68 76 \fBpng_byte png_get_color_type (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 77
jpayne@68 78 \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_compression_buffer_size (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 79
jpayne@68 80 \fBpng_byte png_get_compression_type (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 81
jpayne@68 82 \fBpng_byte png_get_copyright (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 83
jpayne@68 84 \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_current_row_number \fI(png_const_structp\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 85
jpayne@68 86 \fBpng_byte png_get_current_pass_number \fI(png_const_structp\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 87
jpayne@68 88 \fBpng_voidp png_get_error_ptr (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 89
jpayne@68 90 \fBpng_byte png_get_filter_type (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 91
jpayne@68 92 \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_gAMA (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, double \fI*file_gamma\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 93
jpayne@68 94 \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_gAMA_fixed (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fI*int_file_gamma\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 95
jpayne@68 96 \fBpng_byte png_get_header_ver (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 97
jpayne@68 98 \fBpng_byte png_get_header_version (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 99
jpayne@68 100 \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_eXIf (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytep \fI*exif\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 101
jpayne@68 102 \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_eXIf_1 (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_unit_32 \fP\fI*num_exif\fP\fB, png_bytep \fI*exif\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 103
jpayne@68 104 \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_hIST (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_16p \fI*hist\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 105
jpayne@68 106 \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_iCCP (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_charpp \fP\fIname\fP\fB, int \fP\fI*compression_type\fP\fB, png_bytepp \fP\fIprofile\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fI*proflen\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 107
jpayne@68 108 \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_IHDR (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*width\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*height\fP\fB, int \fP\fI*bit_depth\fP\fB, int \fP\fI*color_type\fP\fB, int \fP\fI*interlace_type\fP\fB, int \fP\fI*compression_type\fP\fB, int \fI*filter_type\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 109
jpayne@68 110 \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_image_height (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 111
jpayne@68 112 \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_image_width (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 113
jpayne@68 114 \fBpng_int_32 png_get_int_32 (png_bytep \fIbuf\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 115
jpayne@68 116 \fBpng_byte png_get_interlace_type (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 117
jpayne@68 118 \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_io_chunk_type (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 119
jpayne@68 120 \fBpng_voidp png_get_io_ptr (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 121
jpayne@68 122 \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_io_state (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 123
jpayne@68 124 \fBpng_byte png_get_libpng_ver (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 125
jpayne@68 126 \fBint png_get_palette_max(png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 127
jpayne@68 128 \fBpng_voidp png_get_mem_ptr (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 129
jpayne@68 130 \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_oFFs (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*offset_x\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*offset_y\fP\fB, int \fI*unit_type\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 131
jpayne@68 132 \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_pCAL (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_charp \fP\fI*purpose\fP\fB, png_int_32 \fP\fI*X0\fP\fB, png_int_32 \fP\fI*X1\fP\fB, int \fP\fI*type\fP\fB, int \fP\fI*nparams\fP\fB, png_charp \fP\fI*units\fP\fB, png_charpp \fI*params\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 133
jpayne@68 134 \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_pHYs (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*res_x\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*res_y\fP\fB, int \fI*unit_type\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 135
jpayne@68 136 \fBfloat png_get_pixel_aspect_ratio (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 137
jpayne@68 138 \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_pHYs_dpi (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*res_x\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*res_y\fP\fB, int \fI*unit_type\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 139
jpayne@68 140 \fBpng_fixed_point png_get_pixel_aspect_ratio_fixed (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 141
jpayne@68 142 \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_pixels_per_inch (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 143
jpayne@68 144 \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_pixels_per_meter (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 145
jpayne@68 146 \fBpng_voidp png_get_progressive_ptr (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 147
jpayne@68 148 \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_PLTE (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_colorp \fP\fI*palette\fP\fB, int \fI*num_palette\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 149
jpayne@68 150 \fBpng_byte png_get_rgb_to_gray_status (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 151
jpayne@68 152 \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_rowbytes (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 153
jpayne@68 154 \fBpng_bytepp png_get_rows (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 155
jpayne@68 156 \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_sBIT (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_color_8p \fI*sig_bit\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 157
jpayne@68 158 \fBvoid png_get_sCAL (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int* \fP\fIunit\fP\fB, double* \fP\fIwidth\fP\fB, double* \fIheight\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 159
jpayne@68 160 \fBvoid png_get_sCAL_fixed (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int* \fP\fIunit\fP\fB, png_fixed_pointp \fP\fIwidth\fP\fB, png_fixed_pointp \fIheight\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 161
jpayne@68 162 \fBvoid png_get_sCAL_s (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int* \fP\fIunit\fP\fB, png_charpp \fP\fIwidth\fP\fB, png_charpp \fIheight\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 163
jpayne@68 164 \fBpng_bytep png_get_signature (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 165
jpayne@68 166 \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_sPLT (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_spalette_p \fI*splt_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 167
jpayne@68 168 \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_sRGB (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int \fI*file_srgb_intent\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 169
jpayne@68 170 \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_text (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_textp \fP\fI*text_ptr\fP\fB, int \fI*num_text\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 171
jpayne@68 172 \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_tIME (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_timep \fI*mod_time\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 173
jpayne@68 174 \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_tRNS (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytep \fP\fI*trans_alpha\fP\fB, int \fP\fI*num_trans\fP\fB, png_color_16p \fI*trans_color\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 175
jpayne@68 176 \fB/* This function is really an inline macro. \fI*/
jpayne@68 177
jpayne@68 178 \fBpng_uint_16 png_get_uint_16 (png_bytep \fIbuf\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 179
jpayne@68 180 \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_uint_31 (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytep \fIbuf\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 181
jpayne@68 182 \fB/* This function is really an inline macro. \fI*/
jpayne@68 183
jpayne@68 184 \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_uint_32 (png_bytep \fIbuf\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 185
jpayne@68 186 \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_unknown_chunks (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_unknown_chunkpp \fIunknowns\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 187
jpayne@68 188 \fBpng_voidp png_get_user_chunk_ptr (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 189
jpayne@68 190 \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_user_height_max (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 191
jpayne@68 192 \fBpng_voidp png_get_user_transform_ptr (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 193
jpayne@68 194 \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_user_width_max (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 195
jpayne@68 196 \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_valid (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fIflag\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 197
jpayne@68 198 \fBfloat png_get_x_offset_inches (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 199
jpayne@68 200 \fBpng_fixed_point png_get_x_offset_inches_fixed (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 201
jpayne@68 202 \fBpng_int_32 png_get_x_offset_microns (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 203
jpayne@68 204 \fBpng_int_32 png_get_x_offset_pixels (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 205
jpayne@68 206 \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_x_pixels_per_inch (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 207
jpayne@68 208 \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_x_pixels_per_meter (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 209
jpayne@68 210 \fBfloat png_get_y_offset_inches (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 211
jpayne@68 212 \fBpng_fixed_point png_get_y_offset_inches_fixed (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 213
jpayne@68 214 \fBpng_int_32 png_get_y_offset_microns (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 215
jpayne@68 216 \fBpng_int_32 png_get_y_offset_pixels (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 217
jpayne@68 218 \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_y_pixels_per_inch (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 219
jpayne@68 220 \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_y_pixels_per_meter (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 221
jpayne@68 222 \fBint png_handle_as_unknown (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytep \fIchunk_name\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 223
jpayne@68 224 \fBint png_image_begin_read_from_file (png_imagep \fP\fIimage\fP\fB, const char \fI*file_name\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 225
jpayne@68 226 \fBint png_image_begin_read_from_stdio (png_imagep \fP\fIimage\fP\fB, FILE* \fIfile\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 227
jpayne@68 228 \fBint, png_image_begin_read_from_memory (png_imagep \fP\fIimage\fP\fB, png_const_voidp \fP\fImemory\fP\fB, size_t \fIsize\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 229
jpayne@68 230 \fBint png_image_finish_read (png_imagep \fP\fIimage\fP\fB, png_colorp \fP\fIbackground\fP\fB, void \fP\fI*buffer\fP\fB, png_int_32 \fP\fIrow_stride\fP\fB, void \fI*colormap\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 231
jpayne@68 232 \fBvoid png_image_free (png_imagep \fIimage\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 233
jpayne@68 234 \fBint png_image_write_to_file (png_imagep \fP\fIimage\fP\fB, const char \fP\fI*file\fP\fB, int \fP\fIconvert_to_8bit\fP\fB, const void \fP\fI*buffer\fP\fB, png_int_32 \fP\fIrow_stride\fP\fB, void \fI*colormap\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 235
jpayne@68 236 \fBint png_image_write_to_memory (png_imagep \fP\fIimage\fP\fB, void \fP\fI*memory\fP\fB, png_alloc_size_t * PNG_RESTRICT \fP\fImemory_bytes\fP\fB, int \fP\fIconvert_to_8_bit\fP\fB, const void \fP\fI*buffer\fP\fB, png_int_32 \fP\fIrow_stride\fP\fB, const void \fI*colormap\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 237
jpayne@68 238 \fBint png_image_write_to_stdio (png_imagep \fP\fIimage\fP\fB, FILE \fP\fI*file\fP\fB, int \fP\fIconvert_to_8_bit\fP\fB, const void \fP\fI*buffer\fP\fB, png_int_32 \fP\fIrow_stride\fP\fB, void \fI*colormap\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 239
jpayne@68 240 \fBvoid png_info_init_3 (png_infopp \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, size_t \fIpng_info_struct_size\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 241
jpayne@68 242 \fBvoid png_init_io (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, FILE \fI*fp\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 243
jpayne@68 244 \fBvoid png_longjmp (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fIval\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 245
jpayne@68 246 \fBpng_voidp png_malloc (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_alloc_size_t \fIsize\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 247
jpayne@68 248 \fBpng_voidp png_malloc_default (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_alloc_size_t \fIsize\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 249
jpayne@68 250 \fBpng_voidp png_malloc_warn (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_alloc_size_t \fIsize\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 251
jpayne@68 252 \fBpng_uint_32 png_permit_mng_features (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fImng_features_permitted\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 253
jpayne@68 254 \fBvoid png_process_data (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytep \fP\fIbuffer\fP\fB, size_t \fIbuffer_size\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 255
jpayne@68 256 \fBsize_t png_process_data_pause (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fIsave\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 257
jpayne@68 258 \fBpng_uint_32 png_process_data_skip (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 259
jpayne@68 260 \fBvoid png_progressive_combine_row (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytep \fP\fIold_row\fP\fB, png_bytep \fInew_row\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 261
jpayne@68 262 \fBvoid png_read_end (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 263
jpayne@68 264 \fBvoid png_read_image (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytepp \fIimage\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 265
jpayne@68 266 \fBvoid png_read_info (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 267
jpayne@68 268 \fBvoid png_read_png (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fItransforms\fP\fB, png_voidp \fIparams\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 269
jpayne@68 270 \fBvoid png_read_row (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytep \fP\fIrow\fP\fB, png_bytep \fIdisplay_row\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 271
jpayne@68 272 \fBvoid png_read_rows (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytepp \fP\fIrow\fP\fB, png_bytepp \fP\fIdisplay_row\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fInum_rows\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 273
jpayne@68 274 \fBvoid png_read_update_info (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 275
jpayne@68 276 \fBint png_reset_zstream (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 277
jpayne@68 278 \fBvoid png_save_int_32 (png_bytep \fP\fIbuf\fP\fB, png_int_32 \fIi\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 279
jpayne@68 280 \fBvoid png_save_uint_16 (png_bytep \fP\fIbuf\fP\fB, unsigned int \fIi\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 281
jpayne@68 282 \fBvoid png_save_uint_32 (png_bytep \fP\fIbuf\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fIi\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 283
jpayne@68 284 \fBvoid png_set_add_alpha (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIfiller\fP\fB, int \fIflags\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 285
jpayne@68 286 \fBvoid png_set_alpha_mode (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fImode\fP\fB, double \fIoutput_gamma\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 287
jpayne@68 288 \fBvoid png_set_alpha_mode_fixed (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fImode\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fIoutput_gamma\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 289
jpayne@68 290 \fBvoid png_set_background (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_color_16p \fP\fIbackground_color\fP\fB, int \fP\fIbackground_gamma_code\fP\fB, int \fP\fIneed_expand\fP\fB, double \fIbackground_gamma\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 291
jpayne@68 292 \fBvoid png_set_background_fixed (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_color_16p \fP\fIbackground_color\fP\fB, int \fP\fIbackground_gamma_code\fP\fB, int \fP\fIneed_expand\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fIbackground_gamma\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 293
jpayne@68 294 \fBvoid png_set_benign_errors (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fIallowed\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 295
jpayne@68 296 \fBvoid png_set_bgr (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 297
jpayne@68 298 \fBvoid png_set_bKGD (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_color_16p \fIbackground\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 299
jpayne@68 300 \fBvoid png_set_check_for_invalid_index (png_structrp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fIallowed\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 301
jpayne@68 302 \fBvoid png_set_cHRM (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, double \fP\fIwhite_x\fP\fB, double \fP\fIwhite_y\fP\fB, double \fP\fIred_x\fP\fB, double \fP\fIred_y\fP\fB, double \fP\fIgreen_x\fP\fB, double \fP\fIgreen_y\fP\fB, double \fP\fIblue_x\fP\fB, double \fIblue_y\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 303
jpayne@68 304 \fBvoid png_set_cHRM_fixed (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIwhite_x\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIwhite_y\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIred_x\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIred_y\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIgreen_x\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIgreen_y\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIblue_x\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fIblue_y\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 305
jpayne@68 306 \fBvoid png_set_cHRM_XYZ (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, double \fP\fIred_X\fP\fB, double \fP\fIred_Y\fP\fB, double \fP\fIred_Z\fP\fB, double \fP\fIgreen_X\fP\fB, double \fP\fIgreen_Y\fP\fB, double \fP\fIgreen_Z\fP\fB, double \fP\fIblue_X\fP\fB, double \fP\fIblue_Y\fP\fB, double \fIblue_Z\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 307
jpayne@68 308 \fBvoid png_set_cHRM_XYZ_fixed (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fIint_red_X\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fIint_red_Y\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fIint_red_Z\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fIint_green_X\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fIint_green_Y\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fIint_green_Z\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fIint_blue_X\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fIint_blue_Y\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fIint_blue_Z\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 309
jpayne@68 310 \fBvoid png_set_chunk_cache_max (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fIuser_chunk_cache_max\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 311
jpayne@68 312 \fBvoid png_set_compression_level (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fIlevel\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 313
jpayne@68 314 \fBvoid png_set_compression_mem_level (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fImem_level\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 315
jpayne@68 316 \fBvoid png_set_compression_method (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fImethod\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 317
jpayne@68 318 \fBvoid png_set_compression_strategy (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fIstrategy\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 319
jpayne@68 320 \fBvoid png_set_compression_window_bits (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fIwindow_bits\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 321
jpayne@68 322 \fBvoid png_set_crc_action (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIcrit_action\fP\fB, int \fIancil_action\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 323
jpayne@68 324 \fBvoid png_set_error_fn (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_voidp \fP\fIerror_ptr\fP\fB, png_error_ptr \fP\fIerror_fn\fP\fB, png_error_ptr \fIwarning_fn\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 325
jpayne@68 326 \fBvoid png_set_expand (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 327
jpayne@68 328 \fBvoid png_set_expand_16 (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 329
jpayne@68 330 \fBvoid png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8 (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 331
jpayne@68 332 \fBvoid png_set_filler (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIfiller\fP\fB, int \fIflags\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 333
jpayne@68 334 \fBvoid png_set_filter (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fImethod\fP\fB, int \fIfilters\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 335
jpayne@68 336 \fBvoid png_set_filter_heuristics (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIheuristic_method\fP\fB, int \fP\fInum_weights\fP\fB, png_doublep \fP\fIfilter_weights\fP\fB, png_doublep \fIfilter_costs\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 337
jpayne@68 338 \fBvoid png_set_filter_heuristics_fixed (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIheuristic_method\fP\fB, int \fP\fInum_weights\fP\fB, png_fixed_point_p \fP\fIfilter_weights\fP\fB, png_fixed_point_p \fIfilter_costs\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 339
jpayne@68 340 \fBvoid png_set_flush (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fInrows\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 341
jpayne@68 342 \fBvoid png_set_gamma (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, double \fP\fIscreen_gamma\fP\fB, double \fIdefault_file_gamma\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 343
jpayne@68 344 \fBvoid png_set_gamma_fixed (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIscreen_gamma\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fIdefault_file_gamma\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 345
jpayne@68 346 \fBvoid png_set_gAMA (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, double \fIfile_gamma\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 347
jpayne@68 348 \fBvoid png_set_gAMA_fixed (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fIfile_gamma\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 349
jpayne@68 350 \fBvoid png_set_gray_1_2_4_to_8 (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 351
jpayne@68 352 \fBvoid png_set_gray_to_rgb (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 353
jpayne@68 354 \fBvoid png_set_eXIf (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytep \fIexif\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 355
jpayne@68 356 \fBvoid png_set_eXIf_1 (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fInum_exif\fP\fB, png_bytep \fIexif\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 357
jpayne@68 358 \fBvoid png_set_hIST (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_16p \fIhist\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 359
jpayne@68 360 \fBvoid png_set_iCCP (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_charp \fP\fIname\fP\fB, int \fP\fIcompression_type\fP\fB, png_const_bytep \fP\fIprofile\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fIproflen\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 361
jpayne@68 362 \fBint png_set_interlace_handling (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 363
jpayne@68 364 \fBvoid png_set_invalid (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int \fImask\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 365
jpayne@68 366 \fBvoid png_set_invert_alpha (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 367
jpayne@68 368 \fBvoid png_set_invert_mono (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 369
jpayne@68 370 \fBvoid png_set_IHDR (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIwidth\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIheight\fP\fB, int \fP\fIbit_depth\fP\fB, int \fP\fIcolor_type\fP\fB, int \fP\fIinterlace_type\fP\fB, int \fP\fIcompression_type\fP\fB, int \fIfilter_type\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 371
jpayne@68 372 \fBvoid png_set_keep_unknown_chunks (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIkeep\fP\fB, png_bytep \fP\fIchunk_list\fP\fB, int \fInum_chunks\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 373
jpayne@68 374 \fBjmp_buf* png_set_longjmp_fn (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_longjmp_ptr \fP\fIlongjmp_fn\fP\fB, size_t \fIjmp_buf_size\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 375
jpayne@68 376 \fBvoid png_set_chunk_malloc_max (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_alloc_size_t \fIuser_chunk_cache_max\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 377
jpayne@68 378 \fBvoid png_set_compression_buffer_size (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fIsize\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 379
jpayne@68 380 \fBvoid png_set_mem_fn (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_voidp \fP\fImem_ptr\fP\fB, png_malloc_ptr \fP\fImalloc_fn\fP\fB, png_free_ptr \fIfree_fn\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 381
jpayne@68 382 \fBvoid png_set_oFFs (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIoffset_x\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIoffset_y\fP\fB, int \fIunit_type\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 383
jpayne@68 384 \fBint png_set_option(png_structrp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIoption\fP\fB, int \fIonoff\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 385
jpayne@68 386 \fBvoid png_set_packing (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 387
jpayne@68 388 \fBvoid png_set_packswap (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 389
jpayne@68 390 \fBvoid png_set_palette_to_rgb (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 391
jpayne@68 392 \fBvoid png_set_pCAL (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_charp \fP\fIpurpose\fP\fB, png_int_32 \fP\fIX0\fP\fB, png_int_32 \fP\fIX1\fP\fB, int \fP\fItype\fP\fB, int \fP\fInparams\fP\fB, png_charp \fP\fIunits\fP\fB, png_charpp \fIparams\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 393
jpayne@68 394 \fBvoid png_set_pHYs (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIres_x\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIres_y\fP\fB, int \fIunit_type\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 395
jpayne@68 396 \fBvoid png_set_progressive_read_fn (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_voidp \fP\fIprogressive_ptr\fP\fB, png_progressive_info_ptr \fP\fIinfo_fn\fP\fB, png_progressive_row_ptr \fP\fIrow_fn\fP\fB, png_progressive_end_ptr \fIend_fn\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 397
jpayne@68 398 \fBvoid png_set_PLTE (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_colorp \fP\fIpalette\fP\fB, int \fInum_palette\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 399
jpayne@68 400 \fBvoid png_set_quantize (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_colorp \fP\fIpalette\fP\fB, int \fP\fInum_palette\fP\fB, int \fP\fImaximum_colors\fP\fB, png_uint_16p \fP\fIhistogram\fP\fB, int \fIfull_quantize\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 401
jpayne@68 402 \fBvoid png_set_read_fn (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_voidp \fP\fIio_ptr\fP\fB, png_rw_ptr \fIread_data_fn\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 403
jpayne@68 404 \fBvoid png_set_read_status_fn (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_read_status_ptr \fIread_row_fn\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 405
jpayne@68 406 \fBvoid png_set_read_user_chunk_fn (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_voidp \fP\fIuser_chunk_ptr\fP\fB, png_user_chunk_ptr \fIread_user_chunk_fn\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 407
jpayne@68 408 \fBvoid png_set_read_user_transform_fn (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_user_transform_ptr \fIread_user_transform_fn\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 409
jpayne@68 410 \fBvoid png_set_rgb_to_gray (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIerror_action\fP\fB, double \fP\fIred\fP\fB, double \fIgreen\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 411
jpayne@68 412 \fBvoid png_set_rgb_to_gray_fixed (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int error_action png_uint_32 \fP\fIred\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fIgreen\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 413
jpayne@68 414 \fBvoid png_set_rows (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytepp \fIrow_pointers\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 415
jpayne@68 416 \fBvoid png_set_sBIT (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_color_8p \fIsig_bit\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 417
jpayne@68 418 \fBvoid png_set_sCAL (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIunit\fP\fB, double \fP\fIwidth\fP\fB, double \fIheight\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 419
jpayne@68 420 \fBvoid png_set_sCAL_fixed (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIunit\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fIwidth\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fIheight\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 421
jpayne@68 422 \fBvoid png_set_sCAL_s (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIunit\fP\fB, png_charp \fP\fIwidth\fP\fB, png_charp \fIheight\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 423
jpayne@68 424 \fBvoid png_set_scale_16 (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 425
jpayne@68 426 \fBvoid png_set_shift (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_color_8p \fItrue_bits\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 427
jpayne@68 428 \fBvoid png_set_sig_bytes (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fInum_bytes\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 429
jpayne@68 430 \fBvoid png_set_sPLT (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_spalette_p \fP\fIsplt_ptr\fP\fB, int \fInum_spalettes\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 431
jpayne@68 432 \fBvoid png_set_sRGB (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int \fIsrgb_intent\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 433
jpayne@68 434 \fBvoid png_set_sRGB_gAMA_and_cHRM (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int \fIsrgb_intent\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 435
jpayne@68 436 \fBvoid png_set_strip_16 (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 437
jpayne@68 438 \fBvoid png_set_strip_alpha (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 439
jpayne@68 440 \fBvoid png_set_strip_error_numbers (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fIstrip_mode\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 441
jpayne@68 442 \fBvoid png_set_swap (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 443
jpayne@68 444 \fBvoid png_set_swap_alpha (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 445
jpayne@68 446 \fBvoid png_set_text (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_textp \fP\fItext_ptr\fP\fB, int \fInum_text\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 447
jpayne@68 448 \fBvoid png_set_text_compression_level (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fIlevel\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 449
jpayne@68 450 \fBvoid png_set_text_compression_mem_level (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fImem_level\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 451
jpayne@68 452 \fBvoid png_set_text_compression_strategy (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fIstrategy\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 453
jpayne@68 454 \fBvoid png_set_text_compression_window_bits (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fIwindow_bits\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 455
jpayne@68 456 \fBvoid png_set_text_compression_method (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fImethod\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 457
jpayne@68 458 \fBvoid png_set_tIME (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_timep \fImod_time\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 459
jpayne@68 460 \fBvoid png_set_tRNS (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytep \fP\fItrans_alpha\fP\fB, int \fP\fInum_trans\fP\fB, png_color_16p \fItrans_color\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 461
jpayne@68 462 \fBvoid png_set_tRNS_to_alpha (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 463
jpayne@68 464 \fBpng_uint_32 png_set_unknown_chunks (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_unknown_chunkp \fP\fIunknowns\fP\fB, int \fP\fInum\fP\fB, int \fIlocation\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 465
jpayne@68 466 \fBvoid png_set_unknown_chunk_location (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIchunk\fP\fB, int \fIlocation\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 467
jpayne@68 468 \fBvoid png_set_user_limits (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIuser_width_max\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fIuser_height_max\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 469
jpayne@68 470 \fBvoid png_set_user_transform_info (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_voidp \fP\fIuser_transform_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIuser_transform_depth\fP\fB, int \fIuser_transform_channels\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 471
jpayne@68 472 \fBvoid png_set_write_fn (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_voidp \fP\fIio_ptr\fP\fB, png_rw_ptr \fP\fIwrite_data_fn\fP\fB, png_flush_ptr \fIoutput_flush_fn\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 473
jpayne@68 474 \fBvoid png_set_write_status_fn (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_write_status_ptr \fIwrite_row_fn\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 475
jpayne@68 476 \fBvoid png_set_write_user_transform_fn (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_user_transform_ptr \fIwrite_user_transform_fn\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 477
jpayne@68 478 \fBint png_sig_cmp (png_bytep \fP\fIsig\fP\fB, size_t \fP\fIstart\fP\fB, size_t \fInum_to_check\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 479
jpayne@68 480 \fBvoid png_start_read_image (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 481
jpayne@68 482 \fBvoid png_warning (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_charp \fImessage\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 483
jpayne@68 484 \fBvoid png_write_chunk (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytep \fP\fIchunk_name\fP\fB, png_bytep \fP\fIdata\fP\fB, size_t \fIlength\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 485
jpayne@68 486 \fBvoid png_write_chunk_data (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytep \fP\fIdata\fP\fB, size_t \fIlength\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 487
jpayne@68 488 \fBvoid png_write_chunk_end (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 489
jpayne@68 490 \fBvoid png_write_chunk_start (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytep \fP\fIchunk_name\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fIlength\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 491
jpayne@68 492 \fBvoid png_write_end (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 493
jpayne@68 494 \fBvoid png_write_flush (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 495
jpayne@68 496 \fBvoid png_write_image (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytepp \fIimage\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 497
jpayne@68 498 \fBvoid png_write_info (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 499
jpayne@68 500 \fBvoid png_write_info_before_PLTE (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 501
jpayne@68 502 \fBvoid png_write_png (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fItransforms\fP\fB, png_voidp \fIparams\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 503
jpayne@68 504 \fBvoid png_write_row (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytep \fIrow\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 505
jpayne@68 506 \fBvoid png_write_rows (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytepp \fP\fIrow\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fInum_rows\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 507
jpayne@68 508 \fBvoid png_write_sig (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
jpayne@68 509
jpayne@68 510 .SH DESCRIPTION
jpayne@68 511 The
jpayne@68 512 .I libpng
jpayne@68 513 library supports encoding, decoding, and various manipulations of
jpayne@68 514 the Portable Network Graphics (PNG) format image files. It uses the
jpayne@68 515 .IR zlib(3)
jpayne@68 516 compression library.
jpayne@68 517 Following is a copy of the libpng-manual.txt file that accompanies libpng.
jpayne@68 518
jpayne@68 519 .SH LIBPNG.TXT
jpayne@68 520 libpng-manual.txt - A description on how to use and modify libpng
jpayne@68 521
jpayne@68 522 Copyright (c) 2018-2024 Cosmin Truta
jpayne@68 523 Copyright (c) 1998-2018 Glenn Randers-Pehrson
jpayne@68 524
jpayne@68 525 This document is released under the libpng license.
jpayne@68 526 For conditions of distribution and use, see the disclaimer
jpayne@68 527 and license in png.h
jpayne@68 528
jpayne@68 529 Based on:
jpayne@68 530
jpayne@68 531 libpng version 1.6.36, December 2018, through 1.6.43 - February 2024
jpayne@68 532 Updated and distributed by Cosmin Truta
jpayne@68 533 Copyright (c) 2018-2024 Cosmin Truta
jpayne@68 534
jpayne@68 535 libpng versions 0.97, January 1998, through 1.6.35 - July 2018
jpayne@68 536 Updated and distributed by Glenn Randers-Pehrson
jpayne@68 537 Copyright (c) 1998-2018 Glenn Randers-Pehrson
jpayne@68 538
jpayne@68 539 libpng 1.0 beta 6 - version 0.96 - May 28, 1997
jpayne@68 540 Updated and distributed by Andreas Dilger
jpayne@68 541 Copyright (c) 1996, 1997 Andreas Dilger
jpayne@68 542
jpayne@68 543 libpng 1.0 beta 2 - version 0.88 - January 26, 1996
jpayne@68 544 For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright
jpayne@68 545 notice in png.h. Copyright (c) 1995, 1996 Guy Eric
jpayne@68 546 Schalnat, Group 42, Inc.
jpayne@68 547
jpayne@68 548 Updated/rewritten per request in the libpng FAQ
jpayne@68 549 Copyright (c) 1995, 1996 Frank J. T. Wojcik
jpayne@68 550 December 18, 1995 & January 20, 1996
jpayne@68 551
jpayne@68 552 TABLE OF CONTENTS
jpayne@68 553
jpayne@68 554 I. Introduction
jpayne@68 555 II. Structures
jpayne@68 556 III. Reading
jpayne@68 557 IV. Writing
jpayne@68 558 V. Simplified API
jpayne@68 559 VI. Modifying/Customizing libpng
jpayne@68 560 VII. MNG support
jpayne@68 561 VIII. Changes to Libpng from version 0.88
jpayne@68 562 IX. Changes to Libpng from version 1.0.x to 1.2.x
jpayne@68 563 X. Changes to Libpng from version 1.0.x/1.2.x to 1.4.x
jpayne@68 564 XI. Changes to Libpng from version 1.4.x to 1.5.x
jpayne@68 565 XII. Changes to Libpng from version 1.5.x to 1.6.x
jpayne@68 566 XIII. Detecting libpng
jpayne@68 567 XIV. Source code repository
jpayne@68 568 XV. Coding style
jpayne@68 569
jpayne@68 570 .SH I. Introduction
jpayne@68 571
jpayne@68 572 This file describes how to use and modify the PNG reference library
jpayne@68 573 (known as libpng) for your own use. In addition to this
jpayne@68 574 file, example.c is a good starting point for using the library, as
jpayne@68 575 it is heavily commented and should include everything most people
jpayne@68 576 will need. We assume that libpng is already installed; see the
jpayne@68 577 INSTALL file for instructions on how to configure and install libpng.
jpayne@68 578
jpayne@68 579 For examples of libpng usage, see the files "example.c", "pngtest.c",
jpayne@68 580 and the files in the "contrib" directory, all of which are included in
jpayne@68 581 the libpng distribution.
jpayne@68 582
jpayne@68 583 Libpng was written as a companion to the PNG specification, as a way
jpayne@68 584 of reducing the amount of time and effort it takes to support the PNG
jpayne@68 585 file format in application programs.
jpayne@68 586
jpayne@68 587 The PNG specification (second edition), November 2003, is available as
jpayne@68 588 a W3C Recommendation and as an ISO Standard (ISO/IEC 15948:2004 (E)) at
jpayne@68 589 <https://www.w3.org/TR/2003/REC-PNG-20031110/>.
jpayne@68 590 The W3C and ISO documents have identical technical content.
jpayne@68 591
jpayne@68 592 The PNG-1.2 specification is available at
jpayne@68 593 <https://png-mng.sourceforge.io/pub/png/spec/1.2/>.
jpayne@68 594 It is technically equivalent
jpayne@68 595 to the PNG specification (second edition) but has some additional material.
jpayne@68 596
jpayne@68 597 The PNG-1.0 specification is available as RFC 2083 at
jpayne@68 598 <https://png-mng.sourceforge.io/pub/png/spec/1.0/> and as a
jpayne@68 599 W3C Recommendation at <https://www.w3.org/TR/REC-png-961001>.
jpayne@68 600
jpayne@68 601 Some additional chunks are described in the special-purpose public chunks
jpayne@68 602 documents at <http://www.libpng.org/pub/png/spec/register/>
jpayne@68 603
jpayne@68 604 Other information
jpayne@68 605 about PNG, and the latest version of libpng, can be found at the PNG home
jpayne@68 606 page, <http://www.libpng.org/pub/png/>.
jpayne@68 607
jpayne@68 608 Most users will not have to modify the library significantly; advanced
jpayne@68 609 users may want to modify it more. All attempts were made to make it as
jpayne@68 610 complete as possible, while keeping the code easy to understand.
jpayne@68 611 Currently, this library only supports C. Support for other languages
jpayne@68 612 is being considered.
jpayne@68 613
jpayne@68 614 Libpng has been designed to handle multiple sessions at one time,
jpayne@68 615 to be easily modifiable, to be portable to the vast majority of
jpayne@68 616 machines (ANSI, K&R, 16-, 32-, and 64-bit) available, and to be easy
jpayne@68 617 to use. The ultimate goal of libpng is to promote the acceptance of
jpayne@68 618 the PNG file format in whatever way possible. While there is still
jpayne@68 619 work to be done (see the TODO file), libpng should cover the
jpayne@68 620 majority of the needs of its users.
jpayne@68 621
jpayne@68 622 Libpng uses zlib for its compression and decompression of PNG files.
jpayne@68 623 Further information about zlib, and the latest version of zlib, can
jpayne@68 624 be found at the zlib home page, <https://zlib.net/>.
jpayne@68 625 The zlib compression utility is a general purpose utility that is
jpayne@68 626 useful for more than PNG files, and can be used without libpng.
jpayne@68 627 See the documentation delivered with zlib for more details.
jpayne@68 628 You can usually find the source files for the zlib utility wherever you
jpayne@68 629 find the libpng source files.
jpayne@68 630
jpayne@68 631 Libpng is thread safe, provided the threads are using different
jpayne@68 632 instances of the structures. Each thread should have its own
jpayne@68 633 png_struct and png_info instances, and thus its own image.
jpayne@68 634 Libpng does not protect itself against two threads using the
jpayne@68 635 same instance of a structure.
jpayne@68 636
jpayne@68 637 .SH II. Structures
jpayne@68 638
jpayne@68 639 There are two main structures that are important to libpng, png_struct
jpayne@68 640 and png_info. Both are internal structures that are no longer exposed
jpayne@68 641 in the libpng interface (as of libpng 1.5.0).
jpayne@68 642
jpayne@68 643 The png_info structure is designed to provide information about the
jpayne@68 644 PNG file. At one time, the fields of png_info were intended to be
jpayne@68 645 directly accessible to the user. However, this tended to cause problems
jpayne@68 646 with applications using dynamically loaded libraries, and as a result
jpayne@68 647 a set of interface functions for png_info (the png_get_*() and png_set_*()
jpayne@68 648 functions) was developed, and direct access to the png_info fields was
jpayne@68 649 deprecated..
jpayne@68 650
jpayne@68 651 The png_struct structure is the object used by the library to decode a
jpayne@68 652 single image. As of 1.5.0 this structure is also not exposed.
jpayne@68 653
jpayne@68 654 Almost all libpng APIs require a pointer to a png_struct as the first argument.
jpayne@68 655 Many (in particular the png_set and png_get APIs) also require a pointer
jpayne@68 656 to png_info as the second argument. Some application visible macros
jpayne@68 657 defined in png.h designed for basic data access (reading and writing
jpayne@68 658 integers in the PNG format) don't take a png_info pointer, but it's almost
jpayne@68 659 always safe to assume that a (png_struct*) has to be passed to call an API
jpayne@68 660 function.
jpayne@68 661
jpayne@68 662 You can have more than one png_info structure associated with an image,
jpayne@68 663 as illustrated in pngtest.c, one for information valid prior to the
jpayne@68 664 IDAT chunks and another (called "end_info" below) for things after them.
jpayne@68 665
jpayne@68 666 The png.h header file is an invaluable reference for programming with libpng.
jpayne@68 667 And while I'm on the topic, make sure you include the libpng header file:
jpayne@68 668
jpayne@68 669 #include <png.h>
jpayne@68 670
jpayne@68 671 and also (as of libpng-1.5.0) the zlib header file, if you need it:
jpayne@68 672
jpayne@68 673 #include <zlib.h>
jpayne@68 674
jpayne@68 675 .SS Types
jpayne@68 676
jpayne@68 677 The png.h header file defines a number of integral types used by the
jpayne@68 678 APIs. Most of these are fairly obvious; for example types corresponding
jpayne@68 679 to integers of particular sizes and types for passing color values.
jpayne@68 680
jpayne@68 681 One exception is how non-integral numbers are handled. For application
jpayne@68 682 convenience most APIs that take such numbers have C (double) arguments;
jpayne@68 683 however, internally PNG, and libpng, use 32 bit signed integers and encode
jpayne@68 684 the value by multiplying by 100,000. As of libpng 1.5.0 a convenience
jpayne@68 685 macro PNG_FP_1 is defined in png.h along with a type (png_fixed_point)
jpayne@68 686 which is simply (png_int_32).
jpayne@68 687
jpayne@68 688 All APIs that take (double) arguments also have a matching API that
jpayne@68 689 takes the corresponding fixed point integer arguments. The fixed point
jpayne@68 690 API has the same name as the floating point one with "_fixed" appended.
jpayne@68 691 The actual range of values permitted in the APIs is frequently less than
jpayne@68 692 the full range of (png_fixed_point) (\-21474 to +21474). When APIs require
jpayne@68 693 a non-negative argument the type is recorded as png_uint_32 above. Consult
jpayne@68 694 the header file and the text below for more information.
jpayne@68 695
jpayne@68 696 Special care must be take with sCAL chunk handling because the chunk itself
jpayne@68 697 uses non-integral values encoded as strings containing decimal floating point
jpayne@68 698 numbers. See the comments in the header file.
jpayne@68 699
jpayne@68 700 .SS Configuration
jpayne@68 701
jpayne@68 702 The main header file function declarations are frequently protected by C
jpayne@68 703 preprocessing directives of the form:
jpayne@68 704
jpayne@68 705 #ifdef PNG_feature_SUPPORTED
jpayne@68 706 declare-function
jpayne@68 707 #endif
jpayne@68 708 ...
jpayne@68 709 #ifdef PNG_feature_SUPPORTED
jpayne@68 710 use-function
jpayne@68 711 #endif
jpayne@68 712
jpayne@68 713 The library can be built without support for these APIs, although a
jpayne@68 714 standard build will have all implemented APIs. Application programs
jpayne@68 715 should check the feature macros before using an API for maximum
jpayne@68 716 portability. From libpng 1.5.0 the feature macros set during the build
jpayne@68 717 of libpng are recorded in the header file "pnglibconf.h" and this file
jpayne@68 718 is always included by png.h.
jpayne@68 719
jpayne@68 720 If you don't need to change the library configuration from the default, skip to
jpayne@68 721 the next section ("Reading").
jpayne@68 722
jpayne@68 723 Notice that some of the makefiles in the 'scripts' directory and (in 1.5.0) all
jpayne@68 724 of the build project files in the 'projects' directory simply copy
jpayne@68 725 scripts/pnglibconf.h.prebuilt to pnglibconf.h. This means that these build
jpayne@68 726 systems do not permit easy auto-configuration of the library - they only
jpayne@68 727 support the default configuration.
jpayne@68 728
jpayne@68 729 The easiest way to make minor changes to the libpng configuration when
jpayne@68 730 auto-configuration is supported is to add definitions to the command line
jpayne@68 731 using (typically) CPPFLAGS. For example:
jpayne@68 732
jpayne@68 733 CPPFLAGS=\-DPNG_NO_FLOATING_ARITHMETIC
jpayne@68 734
jpayne@68 735 will change the internal libpng math implementation for gamma correction and
jpayne@68 736 other arithmetic calculations to fixed point, avoiding the need for fast
jpayne@68 737 floating point support. The result can be seen in the generated pnglibconf.h -
jpayne@68 738 make sure it contains the changed feature macro setting.
jpayne@68 739
jpayne@68 740 If you need to make more extensive configuration changes - more than one or two
jpayne@68 741 feature macro settings - you can either add \-DPNG_USER_CONFIG to the build
jpayne@68 742 command line and put a list of feature macro settings in pngusr.h or you can set
jpayne@68 743 DFA_XTRA (a makefile variable) to a file containing the same information in the
jpayne@68 744 form of 'option' settings.
jpayne@68 745
jpayne@68 746 A. Changing pnglibconf.h
jpayne@68 747
jpayne@68 748 A variety of methods exist to build libpng. Not all of these support
jpayne@68 749 reconfiguration of pnglibconf.h. To reconfigure pnglibconf.h it must either be
jpayne@68 750 rebuilt from scripts/pnglibconf.dfa using awk or it must be edited by hand.
jpayne@68 751
jpayne@68 752 Hand editing is achieved by copying scripts/pnglibconf.h.prebuilt to
jpayne@68 753 pnglibconf.h and changing the lines defining the supported features, paying
jpayne@68 754 very close attention to the 'option' information in scripts/pnglibconf.dfa
jpayne@68 755 that describes those features and their requirements. This is easy to get
jpayne@68 756 wrong.
jpayne@68 757
jpayne@68 758 B. Configuration using DFA_XTRA
jpayne@68 759
jpayne@68 760 Rebuilding from pnglibconf.dfa is easy if a functioning 'awk', or a later
jpayne@68 761 variant such as 'nawk' or 'gawk', is available. The configure build will
jpayne@68 762 automatically find an appropriate awk and build pnglibconf.h.
jpayne@68 763 The scripts/pnglibconf.mak file contains a set of make rules for doing the
jpayne@68 764 same thing if configure is not used, and many of the makefiles in the scripts
jpayne@68 765 directory use this approach.
jpayne@68 766
jpayne@68 767 When rebuilding simply write a new file containing changed options and set
jpayne@68 768 DFA_XTRA to the name of this file. This causes the build to append the new file
jpayne@68 769 to the end of scripts/pnglibconf.dfa. The pngusr.dfa file should contain lines
jpayne@68 770 of the following forms:
jpayne@68 771
jpayne@68 772 everything = off
jpayne@68 773
jpayne@68 774 This turns all optional features off. Include it at the start of pngusr.dfa to
jpayne@68 775 make it easier to build a minimal configuration. You will need to turn at least
jpayne@68 776 some features on afterward to enable either reading or writing code, or both.
jpayne@68 777
jpayne@68 778 option feature on
jpayne@68 779 option feature off
jpayne@68 780
jpayne@68 781 Enable or disable a single feature. This will automatically enable other
jpayne@68 782 features required by a feature that is turned on or disable other features that
jpayne@68 783 require a feature which is turned off. Conflicting settings will cause an error
jpayne@68 784 message to be emitted by awk.
jpayne@68 785
jpayne@68 786 setting feature default value
jpayne@68 787
jpayne@68 788 Changes the default value of setting 'feature' to 'value'. There are a small
jpayne@68 789 number of settings listed at the top of pnglibconf.h, they are documented in the
jpayne@68 790 source code. Most of these values have performance implications for the library
jpayne@68 791 but most of them have no visible effect on the API. Some can also be overridden
jpayne@68 792 from the API.
jpayne@68 793
jpayne@68 794 This method of building a customized pnglibconf.h is illustrated in
jpayne@68 795 contrib/pngminim/*. See the "$(PNGCONF):" target in the makefile and
jpayne@68 796 pngusr.dfa in these directories.
jpayne@68 797
jpayne@68 798 C. Configuration using PNG_USER_CONFIG
jpayne@68 799
jpayne@68 800 If \-DPNG_USER_CONFIG is added to the CPPFLAGS when pnglibconf.h is built,
jpayne@68 801 the file pngusr.h will automatically be included before the options in
jpayne@68 802 scripts/pnglibconf.dfa are processed. Your pngusr.h file should contain only
jpayne@68 803 macro definitions turning features on or off or setting settings.
jpayne@68 804
jpayne@68 805 Apart from the global setting "everything = off" all the options listed above
jpayne@68 806 can be set using macros in pngusr.h:
jpayne@68 807
jpayne@68 808 #define PNG_feature_SUPPORTED
jpayne@68 809
jpayne@68 810 is equivalent to:
jpayne@68 811
jpayne@68 812 option feature on
jpayne@68 813
jpayne@68 814 #define PNG_NO_feature
jpayne@68 815
jpayne@68 816 is equivalent to:
jpayne@68 817
jpayne@68 818 option feature off
jpayne@68 819
jpayne@68 820 #define PNG_feature value
jpayne@68 821
jpayne@68 822 is equivalent to:
jpayne@68 823
jpayne@68 824 setting feature default value
jpayne@68 825
jpayne@68 826 Notice that in both cases, pngusr.dfa and pngusr.h, the contents of the
jpayne@68 827 pngusr file you supply override the contents of scripts/pnglibconf.dfa
jpayne@68 828
jpayne@68 829 If confusing or incomprehensible behavior results it is possible to
jpayne@68 830 examine the intermediate file pnglibconf.dfn to find the full set of
jpayne@68 831 dependency information for each setting and option. Simply locate the
jpayne@68 832 feature in the file and read the C comments that precede it.
jpayne@68 833
jpayne@68 834 This method is also illustrated in the contrib/pngminim/* makefiles and
jpayne@68 835 pngusr.h.
jpayne@68 836
jpayne@68 837 .SH III. Reading
jpayne@68 838
jpayne@68 839 We'll now walk you through the possible functions to call when reading
jpayne@68 840 in a PNG file sequentially, briefly explaining the syntax and purpose
jpayne@68 841 of each one. See example.c and png.h for more detail. While
jpayne@68 842 progressive reading is covered in the next section, you will still
jpayne@68 843 need some of the functions discussed in this section to read a PNG
jpayne@68 844 file.
jpayne@68 845
jpayne@68 846 .SS Setup
jpayne@68 847
jpayne@68 848 You will want to do the I/O initialization(*) before you get into libpng,
jpayne@68 849 so if it doesn't work, you don't have much to undo. Of course, you
jpayne@68 850 will also want to insure that you are, in fact, dealing with a PNG
jpayne@68 851 file. Libpng provides a simple check to see if a file is a PNG file.
jpayne@68 852 To use it, pass in the first 1 to 8 bytes of the file to the function
jpayne@68 853 png_sig_cmp(), and it will return 0 (false) if the bytes match the
jpayne@68 854 corresponding bytes of the PNG signature, or nonzero (true) otherwise.
jpayne@68 855 Of course, the more bytes you pass in, the greater the accuracy of the
jpayne@68 856 prediction.
jpayne@68 857
jpayne@68 858 If you are intending to keep the file pointer open for use in libpng,
jpayne@68 859 you must ensure you don't read more than 8 bytes from the beginning
jpayne@68 860 of the file, and you also have to make a call to png_set_sig_bytes()
jpayne@68 861 with the number of bytes you read from the beginning. Libpng will
jpayne@68 862 then only check the bytes (if any) that your program didn't read.
jpayne@68 863
jpayne@68 864 (*): If you are not using the standard I/O functions, you will need
jpayne@68 865 to replace them with custom functions. See the discussion under
jpayne@68 866 Customizing libpng.
jpayne@68 867
jpayne@68 868 FILE *fp = fopen(file_name, "rb");
jpayne@68 869 if (!fp)
jpayne@68 870 {
jpayne@68 871 return ERROR;
jpayne@68 872 }
jpayne@68 873
jpayne@68 874 if (fread(header, 1, number, fp) != number)
jpayne@68 875 {
jpayne@68 876 return ERROR;
jpayne@68 877 }
jpayne@68 878
jpayne@68 879 is_png = (png_sig_cmp(header, 0, number) == 0);
jpayne@68 880 if (!is_png)
jpayne@68 881 {
jpayne@68 882 return NOT_PNG;
jpayne@68 883 }
jpayne@68 884
jpayne@68 885 Next, png_struct and png_info need to be allocated and initialized. In
jpayne@68 886 order to ensure that the size of these structures is correct even with a
jpayne@68 887 dynamically linked libpng, there are functions to initialize and
jpayne@68 888 allocate the structures. We also pass the library version, optional
jpayne@68 889 pointers to error handling functions, and a pointer to a data struct for
jpayne@68 890 use by the error functions, if necessary (the pointer and functions can
jpayne@68 891 be NULL if the default error handlers are to be used). See the section
jpayne@68 892 on Changes to Libpng below regarding the old initialization functions.
jpayne@68 893 The structure allocation functions quietly return NULL if they fail to
jpayne@68 894 create the structure, so your application should check for that.
jpayne@68 895
jpayne@68 896 png_structp png_ptr = png_create_read_struct
jpayne@68 897 (PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, (png_voidp)user_error_ptr,
jpayne@68 898 user_error_fn, user_warning_fn);
jpayne@68 899
jpayne@68 900 if (!png_ptr)
jpayne@68 901 return ERROR;
jpayne@68 902
jpayne@68 903 png_infop info_ptr = png_create_info_struct(png_ptr);
jpayne@68 904
jpayne@68 905 if (!info_ptr)
jpayne@68 906 {
jpayne@68 907 png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, NULL, NULL);
jpayne@68 908 return ERROR;
jpayne@68 909 }
jpayne@68 910
jpayne@68 911 If you want to use your own memory allocation routines,
jpayne@68 912 use a libpng that was built with PNG_USER_MEM_SUPPORTED defined, and use
jpayne@68 913 png_create_read_struct_2() instead of png_create_read_struct():
jpayne@68 914
jpayne@68 915 png_structp png_ptr = png_create_read_struct_2
jpayne@68 916 (PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, (png_voidp)user_error_ptr,
jpayne@68 917 user_error_fn, user_warning_fn, (png_voidp)
jpayne@68 918 user_mem_ptr, user_malloc_fn, user_free_fn);
jpayne@68 919
jpayne@68 920 The error handling routines passed to png_create_read_struct()
jpayne@68 921 and the memory alloc/free routines passed to png_create_struct_2()
jpayne@68 922 are only necessary if you are not using the libpng supplied error
jpayne@68 923 handling and memory alloc/free functions.
jpayne@68 924
jpayne@68 925 When libpng encounters an error, it expects to longjmp back
jpayne@68 926 to your routine. Therefore, you will need to call setjmp and pass
jpayne@68 927 your png_jmpbuf(png_ptr). If you read the file from different
jpayne@68 928 routines, you will need to update the longjmp buffer every time you enter
jpayne@68 929 a new routine that will call a png_*() function.
jpayne@68 930
jpayne@68 931 See your documentation of setjmp/longjmp for your compiler for more
jpayne@68 932 information on setjmp/longjmp. See the discussion on libpng error
jpayne@68 933 handling in the Customizing Libpng section below for more information
jpayne@68 934 on the libpng error handling. If an error occurs, and libpng longjmp's
jpayne@68 935 back to your setjmp, you will want to call png_destroy_read_struct() to
jpayne@68 936 free any memory.
jpayne@68 937
jpayne@68 938 if (setjmp(png_jmpbuf(png_ptr)))
jpayne@68 939 {
jpayne@68 940 png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr, &end_info);
jpayne@68 941 fclose(fp);
jpayne@68 942 return ERROR;
jpayne@68 943 }
jpayne@68 944
jpayne@68 945 Pass NULL instead of &end_info if you didn't create an end_info
jpayne@68 946 structure.
jpayne@68 947
jpayne@68 948 If you would rather avoid the complexity of setjmp/longjmp issues,
jpayne@68 949 you can compile libpng with PNG_NO_SETJMP, in which case
jpayne@68 950 errors will result in a call to PNG_ABORT() which defaults to abort().
jpayne@68 951
jpayne@68 952 You can #define PNG_ABORT() to a function that does something
jpayne@68 953 more useful than abort(), as long as your function does not
jpayne@68 954 return.
jpayne@68 955
jpayne@68 956 Now you need to set up the input code. The default for libpng is to
jpayne@68 957 use the C function fread(). If you use this, you will need to pass a
jpayne@68 958 valid FILE * in the function png_init_io(). Be sure that the file is
jpayne@68 959 opened in binary mode. If you wish to handle reading data in another
jpayne@68 960 way, you need not call the png_init_io() function, but you must then
jpayne@68 961 implement the libpng I/O methods discussed in the Customizing Libpng
jpayne@68 962 section below.
jpayne@68 963
jpayne@68 964 png_init_io(png_ptr, fp);
jpayne@68 965
jpayne@68 966 If you had previously opened the file and read any of the signature from
jpayne@68 967 the beginning in order to see if this was a PNG file, you need to let
jpayne@68 968 libpng know that there are some bytes missing from the start of the file.
jpayne@68 969
jpayne@68 970 png_set_sig_bytes(png_ptr, number);
jpayne@68 971
jpayne@68 972 You can change the zlib compression buffer size to be used while
jpayne@68 973 reading compressed data with
jpayne@68 974
jpayne@68 975 png_set_compression_buffer_size(png_ptr, buffer_size);
jpayne@68 976
jpayne@68 977 where the default size is 8192 bytes. Note that the buffer size
jpayne@68 978 is changed immediately and the buffer is reallocated immediately,
jpayne@68 979 instead of setting a flag to be acted upon later.
jpayne@68 980
jpayne@68 981 If you want CRC errors to be handled in a different manner than
jpayne@68 982 the default, use
jpayne@68 983
jpayne@68 984 png_set_crc_action(png_ptr, crit_action, ancil_action);
jpayne@68 985
jpayne@68 986 The values for png_set_crc_action() say how libpng is to handle CRC errors in
jpayne@68 987 ancillary and critical chunks, and whether to use the data contained
jpayne@68 988 therein. Starting with libpng-1.6.26, this also governs how an ADLER32 error
jpayne@68 989 is handled while reading the IDAT chunk. Note that it is impossible to
jpayne@68 990 "discard" data in a critical chunk.
jpayne@68 991
jpayne@68 992 Choices for (int) crit_action are
jpayne@68 993 PNG_CRC_DEFAULT 0 error/quit
jpayne@68 994 PNG_CRC_ERROR_QUIT 1 error/quit
jpayne@68 995 PNG_CRC_WARN_USE 3 warn/use data
jpayne@68 996 PNG_CRC_QUIET_USE 4 quiet/use data
jpayne@68 997 PNG_CRC_NO_CHANGE 5 use the current value
jpayne@68 998
jpayne@68 999 Choices for (int) ancil_action are
jpayne@68 1000 PNG_CRC_DEFAULT 0 error/quit
jpayne@68 1001 PNG_CRC_ERROR_QUIT 1 error/quit
jpayne@68 1002 PNG_CRC_WARN_DISCARD 2 warn/discard data
jpayne@68 1003 PNG_CRC_WARN_USE 3 warn/use data
jpayne@68 1004 PNG_CRC_QUIET_USE 4 quiet/use data
jpayne@68 1005 PNG_CRC_NO_CHANGE 5 use the current value
jpayne@68 1006
jpayne@68 1007 When the setting for crit_action is PNG_CRC_QUIET_USE, the CRC and ADLER32
jpayne@68 1008 checksums are not only ignored, but they are not evaluated.
jpayne@68 1009
jpayne@68 1010 .SS Setting up callback code
jpayne@68 1011
jpayne@68 1012 You can set up a callback function to handle any unknown chunks in the
jpayne@68 1013 input stream. You must supply the function
jpayne@68 1014
jpayne@68 1015 read_chunk_callback(png_structp png_ptr,
jpayne@68 1016 png_unknown_chunkp chunk)
jpayne@68 1017 {
jpayne@68 1018 /* The unknown chunk structure contains your
jpayne@68 1019 chunk data, along with similar data for any other
jpayne@68 1020 unknown chunks: */
jpayne@68 1021
jpayne@68 1022 png_byte name[5];
jpayne@68 1023 png_byte *data;
jpayne@68 1024 size_t size;
jpayne@68 1025
jpayne@68 1026 /* Note that libpng has already taken care of
jpayne@68 1027 the CRC handling */
jpayne@68 1028
jpayne@68 1029 /* put your code here. Search for your chunk in the
jpayne@68 1030 unknown chunk structure, process it, and return one
jpayne@68 1031 of the following: */
jpayne@68 1032
jpayne@68 1033 return \-n; /* chunk had an error */
jpayne@68 1034 return 0; /* did not recognize */
jpayne@68 1035 return n; /* success */
jpayne@68 1036 }
jpayne@68 1037
jpayne@68 1038 (You can give your function another name that you like instead of
jpayne@68 1039 "read_chunk_callback")
jpayne@68 1040
jpayne@68 1041 To inform libpng about your function, use
jpayne@68 1042
jpayne@68 1043 png_set_read_user_chunk_fn(png_ptr, user_chunk_ptr,
jpayne@68 1044 read_chunk_callback);
jpayne@68 1045
jpayne@68 1046 This names not only the callback function, but also a user pointer that
jpayne@68 1047 you can retrieve with
jpayne@68 1048
jpayne@68 1049 png_get_user_chunk_ptr(png_ptr);
jpayne@68 1050
jpayne@68 1051 If you call the png_set_read_user_chunk_fn() function, then all unknown
jpayne@68 1052 chunks which the callback does not handle will be saved when read. You can
jpayne@68 1053 cause them to be discarded by returning '1' ("handled") instead of '0'. This
jpayne@68 1054 behavior will change in libpng 1.7 and the default handling set by the
jpayne@68 1055 png_set_keep_unknown_chunks() function, described below, will be used when the
jpayne@68 1056 callback returns 0. If you want the existing behavior you should set the global
jpayne@68 1057 default to PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_IF_SAFE now; this is compatible with all current
jpayne@68 1058 versions of libpng and with 1.7. Libpng 1.6 issues a warning if you keep the
jpayne@68 1059 default, or PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_NEVER, and the callback returns 0.
jpayne@68 1060
jpayne@68 1061 At this point, you can set up a callback function that will be
jpayne@68 1062 called after each row has been read, which you can use to control
jpayne@68 1063 a progress meter or the like. It's demonstrated in pngtest.c.
jpayne@68 1064 You must supply a function
jpayne@68 1065
jpayne@68 1066 void read_row_callback(png_structp png_ptr,
jpayne@68 1067 png_uint_32 row, int pass)
jpayne@68 1068 {
jpayne@68 1069 /* put your code here */
jpayne@68 1070 }
jpayne@68 1071
jpayne@68 1072 (You can give it another name that you like instead of "read_row_callback")
jpayne@68 1073
jpayne@68 1074 To inform libpng about your function, use
jpayne@68 1075
jpayne@68 1076 png_set_read_status_fn(png_ptr, read_row_callback);
jpayne@68 1077
jpayne@68 1078 When this function is called the row has already been completely processed and
jpayne@68 1079 the 'row' and 'pass' refer to the next row to be handled. For the
jpayne@68 1080 non-interlaced case the row that was just handled is simply one less than the
jpayne@68 1081 passed in row number, and pass will always be 0. For the interlaced case the
jpayne@68 1082 same applies unless the row value is 0, in which case the row just handled was
jpayne@68 1083 the last one from one of the preceding passes. Because interlacing may skip a
jpayne@68 1084 pass you cannot be sure that the preceding pass is just 'pass\-1'; if you really
jpayne@68 1085 need to know what the last pass is record (row,pass) from the callback and use
jpayne@68 1086 the last recorded value each time.
jpayne@68 1087
jpayne@68 1088 As with the user transform you can find the output row using the
jpayne@68 1089 PNG_ROW_FROM_PASS_ROW macro.
jpayne@68 1090
jpayne@68 1091 .SS Unknown-chunk handling
jpayne@68 1092
jpayne@68 1093 Now you get to set the way the library processes unknown chunks in the
jpayne@68 1094 input PNG stream. Both known and unknown chunks will be read. Normal
jpayne@68 1095 behavior is that known chunks will be parsed into information in
jpayne@68 1096 various info_ptr members while unknown chunks will be discarded. This
jpayne@68 1097 behavior can be wasteful if your application will never use some known
jpayne@68 1098 chunk types. To change this, you can call:
jpayne@68 1099
jpayne@68 1100 png_set_keep_unknown_chunks(png_ptr, keep,
jpayne@68 1101 chunk_list, num_chunks);
jpayne@68 1102
jpayne@68 1103 keep - 0: default unknown chunk handling
jpayne@68 1104 1: ignore; do not keep
jpayne@68 1105 2: keep only if safe-to-copy
jpayne@68 1106 3: keep even if unsafe-to-copy
jpayne@68 1107
jpayne@68 1108 You can use these definitions:
jpayne@68 1109 PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_AS_DEFAULT 0
jpayne@68 1110 PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_NEVER 1
jpayne@68 1111 PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_IF_SAFE 2
jpayne@68 1112 PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_ALWAYS 3
jpayne@68 1113
jpayne@68 1114 chunk_list - list of chunks affected (a byte string,
jpayne@68 1115 five bytes per chunk, NULL or '\0' if
jpayne@68 1116 num_chunks is positive; ignored if
jpayne@68 1117 numchunks <= 0).
jpayne@68 1118
jpayne@68 1119 num_chunks - number of chunks affected; if 0, all
jpayne@68 1120 unknown chunks are affected. If positive,
jpayne@68 1121 only the chunks in the list are affected,
jpayne@68 1122 and if negative all unknown chunks and
jpayne@68 1123 all known chunks except for the IHDR,
jpayne@68 1124 PLTE, tRNS, IDAT, and IEND chunks are
jpayne@68 1125 affected.
jpayne@68 1126
jpayne@68 1127 Unknown chunks declared in this way will be saved as raw data onto a
jpayne@68 1128 list of png_unknown_chunk structures. If a chunk that is normally
jpayne@68 1129 known to libpng is named in the list, it will be handled as unknown,
jpayne@68 1130 according to the "keep" directive. If a chunk is named in successive
jpayne@68 1131 instances of png_set_keep_unknown_chunks(), the final instance will
jpayne@68 1132 take precedence. The IHDR and IEND chunks should not be named in
jpayne@68 1133 chunk_list; if they are, libpng will process them normally anyway.
jpayne@68 1134 If you know that your application will never make use of some particular
jpayne@68 1135 chunks, use PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_NEVER (or 1) as demonstrated below.
jpayne@68 1136
jpayne@68 1137 Here is an example of the usage of png_set_keep_unknown_chunks(),
jpayne@68 1138 where the private "vpAg" chunk will later be processed by a user chunk
jpayne@68 1139 callback function:
jpayne@68 1140
jpayne@68 1141 png_byte vpAg[5]={118, 112, 65, 103, (png_byte) '\0'};
jpayne@68 1142
jpayne@68 1143 #if defined(PNG_UNKNOWN_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED)
jpayne@68 1144 png_byte unused_chunks[]=
jpayne@68 1145 {
jpayne@68 1146 104, 73, 83, 84, (png_byte) '\0', /* hIST */
jpayne@68 1147 105, 84, 88, 116, (png_byte) '\0', /* iTXt */
jpayne@68 1148 112, 67, 65, 76, (png_byte) '\0', /* pCAL */
jpayne@68 1149 115, 67, 65, 76, (png_byte) '\0', /* sCAL */
jpayne@68 1150 115, 80, 76, 84, (png_byte) '\0', /* sPLT */
jpayne@68 1151 116, 73, 77, 69, (png_byte) '\0', /* tIME */
jpayne@68 1152 };
jpayne@68 1153 #endif
jpayne@68 1154
jpayne@68 1155 ...
jpayne@68 1156
jpayne@68 1157 #if defined(PNG_UNKNOWN_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED)
jpayne@68 1158 /* ignore all unknown chunks
jpayne@68 1159 * (use global setting "2" for libpng16 and earlier):
jpayne@68 1160 */
jpayne@68 1161 png_set_keep_unknown_chunks(read_ptr, 2, NULL, 0);
jpayne@68 1162
jpayne@68 1163 /* except for vpAg: */
jpayne@68 1164 png_set_keep_unknown_chunks(read_ptr, 2, vpAg, 1);
jpayne@68 1165
jpayne@68 1166 /* also ignore unused known chunks: */
jpayne@68 1167 png_set_keep_unknown_chunks(read_ptr, 1, unused_chunks,
jpayne@68 1168 (int)(sizeof unused_chunks)/5);
jpayne@68 1169 #endif
jpayne@68 1170
jpayne@68 1171 .SS User limits
jpayne@68 1172
jpayne@68 1173 The PNG specification allows the width and height of an image to be as
jpayne@68 1174 large as 2^(31\-1 (0x7fffffff), or about 2.147 billion rows and columns.
jpayne@68 1175 For safety, libpng imposes a default limit of 1 million rows and columns.
jpayne@68 1176 Larger images will be rejected immediately with a png_error() call. If
jpayne@68 1177 you wish to change these limits, you can use
jpayne@68 1178
jpayne@68 1179 png_set_user_limits(png_ptr, width_max, height_max);
jpayne@68 1180
jpayne@68 1181 to set your own limits (libpng may reject some very wide images
jpayne@68 1182 anyway because of potential buffer overflow conditions).
jpayne@68 1183
jpayne@68 1184 You should put this statement after you create the PNG structure and
jpayne@68 1185 before calling png_read_info(), png_read_png(), or png_process_data().
jpayne@68 1186
jpayne@68 1187 When writing a PNG datastream, put this statement before calling
jpayne@68 1188 png_write_info() or png_write_png().
jpayne@68 1189
jpayne@68 1190 If you need to retrieve the limits that are being applied, use
jpayne@68 1191
jpayne@68 1192 width_max = png_get_user_width_max(png_ptr);
jpayne@68 1193 height_max = png_get_user_height_max(png_ptr);
jpayne@68 1194
jpayne@68 1195 The PNG specification sets no limit on the number of ancillary chunks
jpayne@68 1196 allowed in a PNG datastream. By default, libpng imposes a limit of
jpayne@68 1197 a total of 1000 sPLT, tEXt, iTXt, zTXt, and unknown chunks to be stored.
jpayne@68 1198 If you have set up both info_ptr and end_info_ptr, the limit applies
jpayne@68 1199 separately to each. You can change the limit on the total number of such
jpayne@68 1200 chunks that will be stored, with
jpayne@68 1201
jpayne@68 1202 png_set_chunk_cache_max(png_ptr, user_chunk_cache_max);
jpayne@68 1203
jpayne@68 1204 where 0x7fffffffL means unlimited. You can retrieve this limit with
jpayne@68 1205
jpayne@68 1206 chunk_cache_max = png_get_chunk_cache_max(png_ptr);
jpayne@68 1207
jpayne@68 1208 Libpng imposes a limit of 8 Megabytes (8,000,000 bytes) on the amount of
jpayne@68 1209 memory that any chunk other than IDAT can occupy, originally or when
jpayne@68 1210 decompressed (prior to libpng-1.6.32 the limit was only applied to compressed
jpayne@68 1211 chunks after decompression). You can change this limit with
jpayne@68 1212
jpayne@68 1213 png_set_chunk_malloc_max(png_ptr, user_chunk_malloc_max);
jpayne@68 1214
jpayne@68 1215 and you can retrieve the limit with
jpayne@68 1216
jpayne@68 1217 chunk_malloc_max = png_get_chunk_malloc_max(png_ptr);
jpayne@68 1218
jpayne@68 1219 Any chunks that would cause either of these limits to be exceeded will
jpayne@68 1220 be ignored.
jpayne@68 1221
jpayne@68 1222 .SS Information about your system
jpayne@68 1223
jpayne@68 1224 If you intend to display the PNG or to incorporate it in other image data you
jpayne@68 1225 need to tell libpng information about your display or drawing surface so that
jpayne@68 1226 libpng can convert the values in the image to match the display.
jpayne@68 1227
jpayne@68 1228 From libpng-1.5.4 this information can be set before reading the PNG file
jpayne@68 1229 header. In earlier versions png_set_gamma() existed but behaved incorrectly if
jpayne@68 1230 called before the PNG file header had been read and png_set_alpha_mode() did not
jpayne@68 1231 exist.
jpayne@68 1232
jpayne@68 1233 If you need to support versions prior to libpng-1.5.4 test the version number
jpayne@68 1234 as illustrated below using "PNG_LIBPNG_VER >= 10504" and follow the procedures
jpayne@68 1235 described in the appropriate manual page.
jpayne@68 1236
jpayne@68 1237 You give libpng the encoding expected by your system expressed as a 'gamma'
jpayne@68 1238 value. You can also specify a default encoding for the PNG file in
jpayne@68 1239 case the required information is missing from the file. By default libpng
jpayne@68 1240 assumes that the PNG data matches your system, to keep this default call:
jpayne@68 1241
jpayne@68 1242 png_set_gamma(png_ptr, screen_gamma, output_gamma);
jpayne@68 1243
jpayne@68 1244 or you can use the fixed point equivalent:
jpayne@68 1245
jpayne@68 1246 png_set_gamma_fixed(png_ptr, PNG_FP_1*screen_gamma,
jpayne@68 1247 PNG_FP_1*output_gamma);
jpayne@68 1248
jpayne@68 1249 If you don't know the gamma for your system it is probably 2.2 - a good
jpayne@68 1250 approximation to the IEC standard for display systems (sRGB). If images are
jpayne@68 1251 too contrasty or washed out you got the value wrong - check your system
jpayne@68 1252 documentation!
jpayne@68 1253
jpayne@68 1254 Many systems permit the system gamma to be changed via a lookup table in the
jpayne@68 1255 display driver, a few systems, including older Macs, change the response by
jpayne@68 1256 default. As of 1.5.4 three special values are available to handle common
jpayne@68 1257 situations:
jpayne@68 1258
jpayne@68 1259 PNG_DEFAULT_sRGB: Indicates that the system conforms to the
jpayne@68 1260 IEC 61966-2-1 standard. This matches almost
jpayne@68 1261 all systems.
jpayne@68 1262 PNG_GAMMA_MAC_18: Indicates that the system is an older
jpayne@68 1263 (pre Mac OS 10.6) Apple Macintosh system with
jpayne@68 1264 the default settings.
jpayne@68 1265 PNG_GAMMA_LINEAR: Just the fixed point value for 1.0 - indicates
jpayne@68 1266 that the system expects data with no gamma
jpayne@68 1267 encoding.
jpayne@68 1268
jpayne@68 1269 You would use the linear (unencoded) value if you need to process the pixel
jpayne@68 1270 values further because this avoids the need to decode and re-encode each
jpayne@68 1271 component value whenever arithmetic is performed. A lot of graphics software
jpayne@68 1272 uses linear values for this reason, often with higher precision component values
jpayne@68 1273 to preserve overall accuracy.
jpayne@68 1274
jpayne@68 1275
jpayne@68 1276 The output_gamma value expresses how to decode the output values, not how
jpayne@68 1277 they are encoded. The values used correspond to the normal numbers used to
jpayne@68 1278 describe the overall gamma of a computer display system; for example 2.2 for
jpayne@68 1279 an sRGB conformant system. The values are scaled by 100000 in the _fixed
jpayne@68 1280 version of the API (so 220000 for sRGB.)
jpayne@68 1281
jpayne@68 1282 The inverse of the value is always used to provide a default for the PNG file
jpayne@68 1283 encoding if it has no gAMA chunk and if png_set_gamma() has not been called
jpayne@68 1284 to override the PNG gamma information.
jpayne@68 1285
jpayne@68 1286 When the ALPHA_OPTIMIZED mode is selected the output gamma is used to encode
jpayne@68 1287 opaque pixels however pixels with lower alpha values are not encoded,
jpayne@68 1288 regardless of the output gamma setting.
jpayne@68 1289
jpayne@68 1290 When the standard Porter Duff handling is requested with mode 1 the output
jpayne@68 1291 encoding is set to be linear and the output_gamma value is only relevant
jpayne@68 1292 as a default for input data that has no gamma information. The linear output
jpayne@68 1293 encoding will be overridden if png_set_gamma() is called - the results may be
jpayne@68 1294 highly unexpected!
jpayne@68 1295
jpayne@68 1296 The following numbers are derived from the sRGB standard and the research
jpayne@68 1297 behind it. sRGB is defined to be approximated by a PNG gAMA chunk value of
jpayne@68 1298 0.45455 (1/2.2) for PNG. The value implicitly includes any viewing
jpayne@68 1299 correction required to take account of any differences in the color
jpayne@68 1300 environment of the original scene and the intended display environment; the
jpayne@68 1301 value expresses how to *decode* the image for display, not how the original
jpayne@68 1302 data was *encoded*.
jpayne@68 1303
jpayne@68 1304 sRGB provides a peg for the PNG standard by defining a viewing environment.
jpayne@68 1305 sRGB itself, and earlier TV standards, actually use a more complex transform
jpayne@68 1306 (a linear portion then a gamma 2.4 power law) than PNG can express. (PNG is
jpayne@68 1307 limited to simple power laws.) By saying that an image for direct display on
jpayne@68 1308 an sRGB conformant system should be stored with a gAMA chunk value of 45455
jpayne@68 1309 (11.3.3.2 and 11.3.3.5 of the ISO PNG specification) the PNG specification
jpayne@68 1310 makes it possible to derive values for other display systems and
jpayne@68 1311 environments.
jpayne@68 1312
jpayne@68 1313 The Mac value is deduced from the sRGB based on an assumption that the actual
jpayne@68 1314 extra viewing correction used in early Mac display systems was implemented as
jpayne@68 1315 a power 1.45 lookup table.
jpayne@68 1316
jpayne@68 1317 Any system where a programmable lookup table is used or where the behavior of
jpayne@68 1318 the final display device characteristics can be changed requires system
jpayne@68 1319 specific code to obtain the current characteristic. However this can be
jpayne@68 1320 difficult and most PNG gamma correction only requires an approximate value.
jpayne@68 1321
jpayne@68 1322 By default, if png_set_alpha_mode() is not called, libpng assumes that all
jpayne@68 1323 values are unencoded, linear, values and that the output device also has a
jpayne@68 1324 linear characteristic. This is only very rarely correct - it is invariably
jpayne@68 1325 better to call png_set_alpha_mode() with PNG_DEFAULT_sRGB than rely on the
jpayne@68 1326 default if you don't know what the right answer is!
jpayne@68 1327
jpayne@68 1328 The special value PNG_GAMMA_MAC_18 indicates an older Mac system (pre Mac OS
jpayne@68 1329 10.6) which used a correction table to implement a somewhat lower gamma on an
jpayne@68 1330 otherwise sRGB system.
jpayne@68 1331
jpayne@68 1332 Both these values are reserved (not simple gamma values) in order to allow
jpayne@68 1333 more precise correction internally in the future.
jpayne@68 1334
jpayne@68 1335 NOTE: the values can be passed to either the fixed or floating
jpayne@68 1336 point APIs, but the floating point API will also accept floating point
jpayne@68 1337 values.
jpayne@68 1338
jpayne@68 1339 The second thing you may need to tell libpng about is how your system handles
jpayne@68 1340 alpha channel information. Some, but not all, PNG files contain an alpha
jpayne@68 1341 channel. To display these files correctly you need to compose the data onto a
jpayne@68 1342 suitable background, as described in the PNG specification.
jpayne@68 1343
jpayne@68 1344 Libpng only supports composing onto a single color (using png_set_background;
jpayne@68 1345 see below). Otherwise you must do the composition yourself and, in this case,
jpayne@68 1346 you may need to call png_set_alpha_mode:
jpayne@68 1347
jpayne@68 1348 #if PNG_LIBPNG_VER >= 10504
jpayne@68 1349 png_set_alpha_mode(png_ptr, mode, screen_gamma);
jpayne@68 1350 #else
jpayne@68 1351 png_set_gamma(png_ptr, screen_gamma, 1.0/screen_gamma);
jpayne@68 1352 #endif
jpayne@68 1353
jpayne@68 1354 The screen_gamma value is the same as the argument to png_set_gamma; however,
jpayne@68 1355 how it affects the output depends on the mode. png_set_alpha_mode() sets the
jpayne@68 1356 file gamma default to 1/screen_gamma, so normally you don't need to call
jpayne@68 1357 png_set_gamma. If you need different defaults call png_set_gamma() before
jpayne@68 1358 png_set_alpha_mode() - if you call it after it will override the settings made
jpayne@68 1359 by png_set_alpha_mode().
jpayne@68 1360
jpayne@68 1361 The mode is as follows:
jpayne@68 1362
jpayne@68 1363 PNG_ALPHA_PNG: The data is encoded according to the PNG
jpayne@68 1364 specification. Red, green and blue, or gray, components are
jpayne@68 1365 gamma encoded color values and are not premultiplied by the
jpayne@68 1366 alpha value. The alpha value is a linear measure of the
jpayne@68 1367 contribution of the pixel to the corresponding final output pixel.
jpayne@68 1368
jpayne@68 1369 You should normally use this format if you intend to perform
jpayne@68 1370 color correction on the color values; most, maybe all, color
jpayne@68 1371 correction software has no handling for the alpha channel and,
jpayne@68 1372 anyway, the math to handle pre-multiplied component values is
jpayne@68 1373 unnecessarily complex.
jpayne@68 1374
jpayne@68 1375 Before you do any arithmetic on the component values you need
jpayne@68 1376 to remove the gamma encoding and multiply out the alpha
jpayne@68 1377 channel. See the PNG specification for more detail. It is
jpayne@68 1378 important to note that when an image with an alpha channel is
jpayne@68 1379 scaled, linear encoded, pre-multiplied component values must
jpayne@68 1380 be used!
jpayne@68 1381
jpayne@68 1382 The remaining modes assume you don't need to do any further color correction or
jpayne@68 1383 that if you do, your color correction software knows all about alpha (it
jpayne@68 1384 probably doesn't!). They 'associate' the alpha with the color information by
jpayne@68 1385 storing color channel values that have been scaled by the alpha. The
jpayne@68 1386 advantage is that the color channels can be resampled (the image can be
jpayne@68 1387 scaled) in this form. The disadvantage is that normal practice is to store
jpayne@68 1388 linear, not (gamma) encoded, values and this requires 16-bit channels for
jpayne@68 1389 still images rather than the 8-bit channels that are just about sufficient if
jpayne@68 1390 gamma encoding is used. In addition all non-transparent pixel values,
jpayne@68 1391 including completely opaque ones, must be gamma encoded to produce the final
jpayne@68 1392 image. These are the 'STANDARD', 'ASSOCIATED' or 'PREMULTIPLIED' modes
jpayne@68 1393 described below (the latter being the two common names for associated alpha
jpayne@68 1394 color channels). Note that PNG files always contain non-associated color
jpayne@68 1395 channels; png_set_alpha_mode() with one of the modes causes the decoder to
jpayne@68 1396 convert the pixels to an associated form before returning them to your
jpayne@68 1397 application.
jpayne@68 1398
jpayne@68 1399 Since it is not necessary to perform arithmetic on opaque color values so
jpayne@68 1400 long as they are not to be resampled and are in the final color space it is
jpayne@68 1401 possible to optimize the handling of alpha by storing the opaque pixels in
jpayne@68 1402 the PNG format (adjusted for the output color space) while storing partially
jpayne@68 1403 opaque pixels in the standard, linear, format. The accuracy required for
jpayne@68 1404 standard alpha composition is relatively low, because the pixels are
jpayne@68 1405 isolated, therefore typically the accuracy loss in storing 8-bit linear
jpayne@68 1406 values is acceptable. (This is not true if the alpha channel is used to
jpayne@68 1407 simulate transparency over large areas - use 16 bits or the PNG mode in
jpayne@68 1408 this case!) This is the 'OPTIMIZED' mode. For this mode a pixel is
jpayne@68 1409 treated as opaque only if the alpha value is equal to the maximum value.
jpayne@68 1410
jpayne@68 1411 PNG_ALPHA_STANDARD: The data libpng produces is encoded in the
jpayne@68 1412 standard way assumed by most correctly written graphics software.
jpayne@68 1413 The gamma encoding will be removed by libpng and the
jpayne@68 1414 linear component values will be pre-multiplied by the
jpayne@68 1415 alpha channel.
jpayne@68 1416
jpayne@68 1417 With this format the final image must be re-encoded to
jpayne@68 1418 match the display gamma before the image is displayed.
jpayne@68 1419 If your system doesn't do that, yet still seems to
jpayne@68 1420 perform arithmetic on the pixels without decoding them,
jpayne@68 1421 it is broken - check out the modes below.
jpayne@68 1422
jpayne@68 1423 With PNG_ALPHA_STANDARD libpng always produces linear
jpayne@68 1424 component values, whatever screen_gamma you supply. The
jpayne@68 1425 screen_gamma value is, however, used as a default for
jpayne@68 1426 the file gamma if the PNG file has no gamma information.
jpayne@68 1427
jpayne@68 1428 If you call png_set_gamma() after png_set_alpha_mode() you
jpayne@68 1429 will override the linear encoding. Instead the
jpayne@68 1430 pre-multiplied pixel values will be gamma encoded but
jpayne@68 1431 the alpha channel will still be linear. This may
jpayne@68 1432 actually match the requirements of some broken software,
jpayne@68 1433 but it is unlikely.
jpayne@68 1434
jpayne@68 1435 While linear 8-bit data is often used it has
jpayne@68 1436 insufficient precision for any image with a reasonable
jpayne@68 1437 dynamic range. To avoid problems, and if your software
jpayne@68 1438 supports it, use png_set_expand_16() to force all
jpayne@68 1439 components to 16 bits.
jpayne@68 1440
jpayne@68 1441 PNG_ALPHA_OPTIMIZED: This mode is the same as PNG_ALPHA_STANDARD
jpayne@68 1442 except that completely opaque pixels are gamma encoded according to
jpayne@68 1443 the screen_gamma value. Pixels with alpha less than 1.0
jpayne@68 1444 will still have linear components.
jpayne@68 1445
jpayne@68 1446 Use this format if you have control over your
jpayne@68 1447 compositing software and so don't do other arithmetic
jpayne@68 1448 (such as scaling) on the data you get from libpng. Your
jpayne@68 1449 compositing software can simply copy opaque pixels to
jpayne@68 1450 the output but still has linear values for the
jpayne@68 1451 non-opaque pixels.
jpayne@68 1452
jpayne@68 1453 In normal compositing, where the alpha channel encodes
jpayne@68 1454 partial pixel coverage (as opposed to broad area
jpayne@68 1455 translucency), the inaccuracies of the 8-bit
jpayne@68 1456 representation of non-opaque pixels are irrelevant.
jpayne@68 1457
jpayne@68 1458 You can also try this format if your software is broken;
jpayne@68 1459 it might look better.
jpayne@68 1460
jpayne@68 1461 PNG_ALPHA_BROKEN: This is PNG_ALPHA_STANDARD; however, all component
jpayne@68 1462 values, including the alpha channel are gamma encoded. This is
jpayne@68 1463 broken because, in practice, no implementation that uses this choice
jpayne@68 1464 correctly undoes the encoding before handling alpha composition. Use this
jpayne@68 1465 choice only if other serious errors in the software or hardware you use
jpayne@68 1466 mandate it. In most cases of broken software or hardware the bug in the
jpayne@68 1467 final display manifests as a subtle halo around composited parts of the
jpayne@68 1468 image. You may not even perceive this as a halo; the composited part of
jpayne@68 1469 the image may simply appear separate from the background, as though it had
jpayne@68 1470 been cut out of paper and pasted on afterward.
jpayne@68 1471
jpayne@68 1472 If you don't have to deal with bugs in software or hardware, or if you can fix
jpayne@68 1473 them, there are three recommended ways of using png_set_alpha_mode():
jpayne@68 1474
jpayne@68 1475 png_set_alpha_mode(png_ptr, PNG_ALPHA_PNG,
jpayne@68 1476 screen_gamma);
jpayne@68 1477
jpayne@68 1478 You can do color correction on the result (libpng does not currently
jpayne@68 1479 support color correction internally). When you handle the alpha channel
jpayne@68 1480 you need to undo the gamma encoding and multiply out the alpha.
jpayne@68 1481
jpayne@68 1482 png_set_alpha_mode(png_ptr, PNG_ALPHA_STANDARD,
jpayne@68 1483 screen_gamma);
jpayne@68 1484 png_set_expand_16(png_ptr);
jpayne@68 1485
jpayne@68 1486 If you are using the high level interface, don't call png_set_expand_16();
jpayne@68 1487 instead pass PNG_TRANSFORM_EXPAND_16 to the interface.
jpayne@68 1488
jpayne@68 1489 With this mode you can't do color correction, but you can do arithmetic,
jpayne@68 1490 including composition and scaling, on the data without further processing.
jpayne@68 1491
jpayne@68 1492 png_set_alpha_mode(png_ptr, PNG_ALPHA_OPTIMIZED,
jpayne@68 1493 screen_gamma);
jpayne@68 1494
jpayne@68 1495 You can avoid the expansion to 16-bit components with this mode, but you
jpayne@68 1496 lose the ability to scale the image or perform other linear arithmetic.
jpayne@68 1497 All you can do is compose the result onto a matching output. Since this
jpayne@68 1498 mode is libpng-specific you also need to write your own composition
jpayne@68 1499 software.
jpayne@68 1500
jpayne@68 1501 The following are examples of calls to png_set_alpha_mode to achieve the
jpayne@68 1502 required overall gamma correction and, where necessary, alpha
jpayne@68 1503 premultiplication.
jpayne@68 1504
jpayne@68 1505 png_set_alpha_mode(pp, PNG_ALPHA_PNG, PNG_DEFAULT_sRGB);
jpayne@68 1506
jpayne@68 1507 Choices for the alpha_mode are
jpayne@68 1508
jpayne@68 1509 PNG_ALPHA_PNG 0 /* according to the PNG standard */
jpayne@68 1510 PNG_ALPHA_STANDARD 1 /* according to Porter/Duff */
jpayne@68 1511 PNG_ALPHA_ASSOCIATED 1 /* as above; this is the normal practice */
jpayne@68 1512 PNG_ALPHA_PREMULTIPLIED 1 /* as above */
jpayne@68 1513 PNG_ALPHA_OPTIMIZED 2 /* 'PNG' for opaque pixels, else 'STANDARD' */
jpayne@68 1514 PNG_ALPHA_BROKEN 3 /* the alpha channel is gamma encoded */
jpayne@68 1515
jpayne@68 1516 PNG_ALPHA_PNG is the default libpng handling of the alpha channel. It is not
jpayne@68 1517 pre-multiplied into the color components. In addition the call states
jpayne@68 1518 that the output is for a sRGB system and causes all PNG files without gAMA
jpayne@68 1519 chunks to be assumed to be encoded using sRGB.
jpayne@68 1520
jpayne@68 1521 png_set_alpha_mode(pp, PNG_ALPHA_PNG, PNG_GAMMA_MAC);
jpayne@68 1522
jpayne@68 1523 In this case the output is assumed to be something like an sRGB conformant
jpayne@68 1524 display preceded by a power-law lookup table of power 1.45. This is how
jpayne@68 1525 early Mac systems behaved.
jpayne@68 1526
jpayne@68 1527 png_set_alpha_mode(pp, PNG_ALPHA_STANDARD, PNG_GAMMA_LINEAR);
jpayne@68 1528
jpayne@68 1529 This is the classic Jim Blinn approach and will work in academic
jpayne@68 1530 environments where everything is done by the book. It has the shortcoming
jpayne@68 1531 of assuming that input PNG data with no gamma information is linear - this
jpayne@68 1532 is unlikely to be correct unless the PNG files were generated locally.
jpayne@68 1533 Most of the time the output precision will be so low as to show
jpayne@68 1534 significant banding in dark areas of the image.
jpayne@68 1535
jpayne@68 1536 png_set_expand_16(pp);
jpayne@68 1537 png_set_alpha_mode(pp, PNG_ALPHA_STANDARD, PNG_DEFAULT_sRGB);
jpayne@68 1538
jpayne@68 1539 This is a somewhat more realistic Jim Blinn inspired approach. PNG files
jpayne@68 1540 are assumed to have the sRGB encoding if not marked with a gamma value and
jpayne@68 1541 the output is always 16 bits per component. This permits accurate scaling
jpayne@68 1542 and processing of the data. If you know that your input PNG files were
jpayne@68 1543 generated locally you might need to replace PNG_DEFAULT_sRGB with the
jpayne@68 1544 correct value for your system.
jpayne@68 1545
jpayne@68 1546 png_set_alpha_mode(pp, PNG_ALPHA_OPTIMIZED, PNG_DEFAULT_sRGB);
jpayne@68 1547
jpayne@68 1548 If you just need to composite the PNG image onto an existing background
jpayne@68 1549 and if you control the code that does this you can use the optimization
jpayne@68 1550 setting. In this case you just copy completely opaque pixels to the
jpayne@68 1551 output. For pixels that are not completely transparent (you just skip
jpayne@68 1552 those) you do the composition math using png_composite or png_composite_16
jpayne@68 1553 below then encode the resultant 8-bit or 16-bit values to match the output
jpayne@68 1554 encoding.
jpayne@68 1555
jpayne@68 1556 Other cases
jpayne@68 1557
jpayne@68 1558 If neither the PNG nor the standard linear encoding work for you because
jpayne@68 1559 of the software or hardware you use then you have a big problem. The PNG
jpayne@68 1560 case will probably result in halos around the image. The linear encoding
jpayne@68 1561 will probably result in a washed out, too bright, image (it's actually too
jpayne@68 1562 contrasty.) Try the ALPHA_OPTIMIZED mode above - this will probably
jpayne@68 1563 substantially reduce the halos. Alternatively try:
jpayne@68 1564
jpayne@68 1565 png_set_alpha_mode(pp, PNG_ALPHA_BROKEN, PNG_DEFAULT_sRGB);
jpayne@68 1566
jpayne@68 1567 This option will also reduce the halos, but there will be slight dark
jpayne@68 1568 halos round the opaque parts of the image where the background is light.
jpayne@68 1569 In the OPTIMIZED mode the halos will be light halos where the background
jpayne@68 1570 is dark. Take your pick - the halos are unavoidable unless you can get
jpayne@68 1571 your hardware/software fixed! (The OPTIMIZED approach is slightly
jpayne@68 1572 faster.)
jpayne@68 1573
jpayne@68 1574 When the default gamma of PNG files doesn't match the output gamma.
jpayne@68 1575 If you have PNG files with no gamma information png_set_alpha_mode allows
jpayne@68 1576 you to provide a default gamma, but it also sets the output gamma to the
jpayne@68 1577 matching value. If you know your PNG files have a gamma that doesn't
jpayne@68 1578 match the output you can take advantage of the fact that
jpayne@68 1579 png_set_alpha_mode always sets the output gamma but only sets the PNG
jpayne@68 1580 default if it is not already set:
jpayne@68 1581
jpayne@68 1582 png_set_alpha_mode(pp, PNG_ALPHA_PNG, PNG_DEFAULT_sRGB);
jpayne@68 1583 png_set_alpha_mode(pp, PNG_ALPHA_PNG, PNG_GAMMA_MAC);
jpayne@68 1584
jpayne@68 1585 The first call sets both the default and the output gamma values, the
jpayne@68 1586 second call overrides the output gamma without changing the default. This
jpayne@68 1587 is easier than achieving the same effect with png_set_gamma. You must use
jpayne@68 1588 PNG_ALPHA_PNG for the first call - internal checking in png_set_alpha will
jpayne@68 1589 fire if more than one call to png_set_alpha_mode and png_set_background is
jpayne@68 1590 made in the same read operation, however multiple calls with PNG_ALPHA_PNG
jpayne@68 1591 are ignored.
jpayne@68 1592
jpayne@68 1593 If you don't need, or can't handle, the alpha channel you can call
jpayne@68 1594 png_set_background() to remove it by compositing against a fixed color. Don't
jpayne@68 1595 call png_set_strip_alpha() to do this - it will leave spurious pixel values in
jpayne@68 1596 transparent parts of this image.
jpayne@68 1597
jpayne@68 1598 png_set_background(png_ptr, &background_color,
jpayne@68 1599 PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_SCREEN, 0, 1);
jpayne@68 1600
jpayne@68 1601 The background_color is an RGB or grayscale value according to the data format
jpayne@68 1602 libpng will produce for you. Because you don't yet know the format of the PNG
jpayne@68 1603 file, if you call png_set_background at this point you must arrange for the
jpayne@68 1604 format produced by libpng to always have 8-bit or 16-bit components and then
jpayne@68 1605 store the color as an 8-bit or 16-bit color as appropriate. The color contains
jpayne@68 1606 separate gray and RGB component values, so you can let libpng produce gray or
jpayne@68 1607 RGB output according to the input format, but low bit depth grayscale images
jpayne@68 1608 must always be converted to at least 8-bit format. (Even though low bit depth
jpayne@68 1609 grayscale images can't have an alpha channel they can have a transparent
jpayne@68 1610 color!)
jpayne@68 1611
jpayne@68 1612 You set the transforms you need later, either as flags to the high level
jpayne@68 1613 interface or libpng API calls for the low level interface. For reference the
jpayne@68 1614 settings and API calls required are:
jpayne@68 1615
jpayne@68 1616 8-bit values:
jpayne@68 1617 PNG_TRANSFORM_SCALE_16 | PNG_EXPAND
jpayne@68 1618 png_set_expand(png_ptr); png_set_scale_16(png_ptr);
jpayne@68 1619
jpayne@68 1620 If you must get exactly the same inaccurate results
jpayne@68 1621 produced by default in versions prior to libpng-1.5.4,
jpayne@68 1622 use PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_16 and png_set_strip_16(png_ptr)
jpayne@68 1623 instead.
jpayne@68 1624
jpayne@68 1625 16-bit values:
jpayne@68 1626 PNG_TRANSFORM_EXPAND_16
jpayne@68 1627 png_set_expand_16(png_ptr);
jpayne@68 1628
jpayne@68 1629 In either case palette image data will be expanded to RGB. If you just want
jpayne@68 1630 color data you can add PNG_TRANSFORM_GRAY_TO_RGB or png_set_gray_to_rgb(png_ptr)
jpayne@68 1631 to the list.
jpayne@68 1632
jpayne@68 1633 Calling png_set_background before the PNG file header is read will not work
jpayne@68 1634 prior to libpng-1.5.4. Because the failure may result in unexpected warnings or
jpayne@68 1635 errors it is therefore much safer to call png_set_background after the head has
jpayne@68 1636 been read. Unfortunately this means that prior to libpng-1.5.4 it cannot be
jpayne@68 1637 used with the high level interface.
jpayne@68 1638
jpayne@68 1639 .SS The high-level read interface
jpayne@68 1640
jpayne@68 1641 At this point there are two ways to proceed; through the high-level
jpayne@68 1642 read interface, or through a sequence of low-level read operations.
jpayne@68 1643 You can use the high-level interface if (a) you are willing to read
jpayne@68 1644 the entire image into memory, and (b) the input transformations
jpayne@68 1645 you want to do are limited to the following set:
jpayne@68 1646
jpayne@68 1647 PNG_TRANSFORM_IDENTITY No transformation
jpayne@68 1648 PNG_TRANSFORM_SCALE_16 Strip 16-bit samples to
jpayne@68 1649 8-bit accurately
jpayne@68 1650 PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_16 Chop 16-bit samples to
jpayne@68 1651 8-bit less accurately
jpayne@68 1652 PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_ALPHA Discard the alpha channel
jpayne@68 1653 PNG_TRANSFORM_PACKING Expand 1, 2 and 4-bit
jpayne@68 1654 samples to bytes
jpayne@68 1655 PNG_TRANSFORM_PACKSWAP Change order of packed
jpayne@68 1656 pixels to LSB first
jpayne@68 1657 PNG_TRANSFORM_EXPAND Perform set_expand()
jpayne@68 1658 PNG_TRANSFORM_INVERT_MONO Invert monochrome images
jpayne@68 1659 PNG_TRANSFORM_SHIFT Normalize pixels to the
jpayne@68 1660 sBIT depth
jpayne@68 1661 PNG_TRANSFORM_BGR Flip RGB to BGR, RGBA
jpayne@68 1662 to BGRA
jpayne@68 1663 PNG_TRANSFORM_SWAP_ALPHA Flip RGBA to ARGB or GA
jpayne@68 1664 to AG
jpayne@68 1665 PNG_TRANSFORM_INVERT_ALPHA Change alpha from opacity
jpayne@68 1666 to transparency
jpayne@68 1667 PNG_TRANSFORM_SWAP_ENDIAN Byte-swap 16-bit samples
jpayne@68 1668 PNG_TRANSFORM_GRAY_TO_RGB Expand grayscale samples
jpayne@68 1669 to RGB (or GA to RGBA)
jpayne@68 1670 PNG_TRANSFORM_EXPAND_16 Expand samples to 16 bits
jpayne@68 1671
jpayne@68 1672 (This excludes setting a background color, doing gamma transformation,
jpayne@68 1673 quantizing, and setting filler.) If this is the case, simply do this:
jpayne@68 1674
jpayne@68 1675 png_read_png(png_ptr, info_ptr, png_transforms, NULL)
jpayne@68 1676
jpayne@68 1677 where png_transforms is an integer containing the bitwise OR of some
jpayne@68 1678 set of transformation flags. This call is equivalent to png_read_info(),
jpayne@68 1679 followed the set of transformations indicated by the transform mask,
jpayne@68 1680 then png_read_image(), and finally png_read_end().
jpayne@68 1681
jpayne@68 1682 (The final parameter of this call is not yet used. Someday it might point
jpayne@68 1683 to transformation parameters required by some future input transform.)
jpayne@68 1684
jpayne@68 1685 You must use png_transforms and not call any png_set_transform() functions
jpayne@68 1686 when you use png_read_png().
jpayne@68 1687
jpayne@68 1688 After you have called png_read_png(), you can retrieve the image data
jpayne@68 1689 with
jpayne@68 1690
jpayne@68 1691 row_pointers = png_get_rows(png_ptr, info_ptr);
jpayne@68 1692
jpayne@68 1693 where row_pointers is an array of pointers to the pixel data for each row:
jpayne@68 1694
jpayne@68 1695 png_bytep row_pointers[height];
jpayne@68 1696
jpayne@68 1697 If you know your image size and pixel size ahead of time, you can allocate
jpayne@68 1698 row_pointers prior to calling png_read_png() with
jpayne@68 1699
jpayne@68 1700 if (height > PNG_UINT_32_MAX / (sizeof (png_bytep)))
jpayne@68 1701 png_error(png_ptr,
jpayne@68 1702 "Image is too tall to process in memory");
jpayne@68 1703
jpayne@68 1704 if (width > PNG_UINT_32_MAX / pixel_size)
jpayne@68 1705 png_error(png_ptr,
jpayne@68 1706 "Image is too wide to process in memory");
jpayne@68 1707
jpayne@68 1708 row_pointers = png_malloc(png_ptr,
jpayne@68 1709 height*(sizeof (png_bytep)));
jpayne@68 1710
jpayne@68 1711 for (int i = 0; i < height, i++)
jpayne@68 1712 row_pointers[i] = NULL; /* security precaution */
jpayne@68 1713
jpayne@68 1714 for (int i = 0; i < height, i++)
jpayne@68 1715 row_pointers[i] = png_malloc(png_ptr,
jpayne@68 1716 width*pixel_size);
jpayne@68 1717
jpayne@68 1718 png_set_rows(png_ptr, info_ptr, &row_pointers);
jpayne@68 1719
jpayne@68 1720 Alternatively you could allocate your image in one big block and define
jpayne@68 1721 row_pointers[i] to point into the proper places in your block, but first
jpayne@68 1722 be sure that your platform is able to allocate such a large buffer:
jpayne@68 1723
jpayne@68 1724 /* Guard against integer overflow */
jpayne@68 1725 if (height > PNG_SIZE_MAX/(width*pixel_size))
jpayne@68 1726 png_error(png_ptr, "image_data buffer would be too large");
jpayne@68 1727
jpayne@68 1728 png_bytep buffer = png_malloc(png_ptr,
jpayne@68 1729 height*width*pixel_size);
jpayne@68 1730
jpayne@68 1731 for (int i = 0; i < height, i++)
jpayne@68 1732 row_pointers[i] = buffer + i*width*pixel_size;
jpayne@68 1733
jpayne@68 1734 png_set_rows(png_ptr, info_ptr, &row_pointers);
jpayne@68 1735
jpayne@68 1736 If you use png_set_rows(), the application is responsible for freeing
jpayne@68 1737 row_pointers (and row_pointers[i], if they were separately allocated).
jpayne@68 1738
jpayne@68 1739 If you don't allocate row_pointers ahead of time, png_read_png() will
jpayne@68 1740 do it, and it'll be free'ed by libpng when you call png_destroy_*().
jpayne@68 1741
jpayne@68 1742 .SS The low-level read interface
jpayne@68 1743
jpayne@68 1744 If you are going the low-level route, you are now ready to read all
jpayne@68 1745 the file information up to the actual image data. You do this with a
jpayne@68 1746 call to png_read_info().
jpayne@68 1747
jpayne@68 1748 png_read_info(png_ptr, info_ptr);
jpayne@68 1749
jpayne@68 1750 This will process all chunks up to but not including the image data.
jpayne@68 1751
jpayne@68 1752 This also copies some of the data from the PNG file into the decode structure
jpayne@68 1753 for use in later transformations. Important information copied in is:
jpayne@68 1754
jpayne@68 1755 1) The PNG file gamma from the gAMA chunk. This overwrites the default value
jpayne@68 1756 provided by an earlier call to png_set_gamma or png_set_alpha_mode.
jpayne@68 1757
jpayne@68 1758 2) Prior to libpng-1.5.4 the background color from a bKGd chunk. This
jpayne@68 1759 damages the information provided by an earlier call to png_set_background
jpayne@68 1760 resulting in unexpected behavior. Libpng-1.5.4 no longer does this.
jpayne@68 1761
jpayne@68 1762 3) The number of significant bits in each component value. Libpng uses this to
jpayne@68 1763 optimize gamma handling by reducing the internal lookup table sizes.
jpayne@68 1764
jpayne@68 1765 4) The transparent color information from a tRNS chunk. This can be modified by
jpayne@68 1766 a later call to png_set_tRNS.
jpayne@68 1767
jpayne@68 1768 .SS Querying the info structure
jpayne@68 1769
jpayne@68 1770 Functions are used to get the information from the info_ptr once it
jpayne@68 1771 has been read. Note that these fields may not be completely filled
jpayne@68 1772 in until png_read_end() has read the chunk data following the image.
jpayne@68 1773
jpayne@68 1774 png_get_IHDR(png_ptr, info_ptr, &width, &height,
jpayne@68 1775 &bit_depth, &color_type, &interlace_type,
jpayne@68 1776 &compression_type, &filter_method);
jpayne@68 1777
jpayne@68 1778 width - holds the width of the image
jpayne@68 1779 in pixels (up to 2^31).
jpayne@68 1780
jpayne@68 1781 height - holds the height of the image
jpayne@68 1782 in pixels (up to 2^31).
jpayne@68 1783
jpayne@68 1784 bit_depth - holds the bit depth of one of the
jpayne@68 1785 image channels. (valid values are
jpayne@68 1786 1, 2, 4, 8, 16 and depend also on
jpayne@68 1787 the color_type. See also
jpayne@68 1788 significant bits (sBIT) below).
jpayne@68 1789
jpayne@68 1790 color_type - describes which color/alpha channels
jpayne@68 1791 are present.
jpayne@68 1792 PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY
jpayne@68 1793 (bit depths 1, 2, 4, 8, 16)
jpayne@68 1794 PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY_ALPHA
jpayne@68 1795 (bit depths 8, 16)
jpayne@68 1796 PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE
jpayne@68 1797 (bit depths 1, 2, 4, 8)
jpayne@68 1798 PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB
jpayne@68 1799 (bit_depths 8, 16)
jpayne@68 1800 PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA
jpayne@68 1801 (bit_depths 8, 16)
jpayne@68 1802
jpayne@68 1803 PNG_COLOR_MASK_PALETTE
jpayne@68 1804 PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR
jpayne@68 1805 PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA
jpayne@68 1806
jpayne@68 1807 interlace_type - (PNG_INTERLACE_NONE or
jpayne@68 1808 PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7)
jpayne@68 1809
jpayne@68 1810 compression_type - (must be PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_BASE
jpayne@68 1811 for PNG 1.0)
jpayne@68 1812
jpayne@68 1813 filter_method - (must be PNG_FILTER_TYPE_BASE
jpayne@68 1814 for PNG 1.0, and can also be
jpayne@68 1815 PNG_INTRAPIXEL_DIFFERENCING if
jpayne@68 1816 the PNG datastream is embedded in
jpayne@68 1817 a MNG-1.0 datastream)
jpayne@68 1818
jpayne@68 1819 Any of width, height, color_type, bit_depth,
jpayne@68 1820 interlace_type, compression_type, or filter_method can
jpayne@68 1821 be NULL if you are not interested in their values.
jpayne@68 1822
jpayne@68 1823 Note that png_get_IHDR() returns 32-bit data into
jpayne@68 1824 the application's width and height variables.
jpayne@68 1825 This is an unsafe situation if these are not png_uint_32
jpayne@68 1826 variables. In such situations, the
jpayne@68 1827 png_get_image_width() and png_get_image_height()
jpayne@68 1828 functions described below are safer.
jpayne@68 1829
jpayne@68 1830 width = png_get_image_width(png_ptr,
jpayne@68 1831 info_ptr);
jpayne@68 1832
jpayne@68 1833 height = png_get_image_height(png_ptr,
jpayne@68 1834 info_ptr);
jpayne@68 1835
jpayne@68 1836 bit_depth = png_get_bit_depth(png_ptr,
jpayne@68 1837 info_ptr);
jpayne@68 1838
jpayne@68 1839 color_type = png_get_color_type(png_ptr,
jpayne@68 1840 info_ptr);
jpayne@68 1841
jpayne@68 1842 interlace_type = png_get_interlace_type(png_ptr,
jpayne@68 1843 info_ptr);
jpayne@68 1844
jpayne@68 1845 compression_type = png_get_compression_type(png_ptr,
jpayne@68 1846 info_ptr);
jpayne@68 1847
jpayne@68 1848 filter_method = png_get_filter_type(png_ptr,
jpayne@68 1849 info_ptr);
jpayne@68 1850
jpayne@68 1851 channels = png_get_channels(png_ptr, info_ptr);
jpayne@68 1852
jpayne@68 1853 channels - number of channels of info for the
jpayne@68 1854 color type (valid values are 1 (GRAY,
jpayne@68 1855 PALETTE), 2 (GRAY_ALPHA), 3 (RGB),
jpayne@68 1856 4 (RGB_ALPHA or RGB + filler byte))
jpayne@68 1857
jpayne@68 1858 rowbytes = png_get_rowbytes(png_ptr, info_ptr);
jpayne@68 1859
jpayne@68 1860 rowbytes - number of bytes needed to hold a row
jpayne@68 1861 This value, the bit_depth, color_type,
jpayne@68 1862 and the number of channels can change
jpayne@68 1863 if you use transforms such as
jpayne@68 1864 png_set_expand(). See
jpayne@68 1865 png_read_update_info(), below.
jpayne@68 1866
jpayne@68 1867 signature = png_get_signature(png_ptr, info_ptr);
jpayne@68 1868
jpayne@68 1869 signature - holds the signature read from the
jpayne@68 1870 file (if any). The data is kept in
jpayne@68 1871 the same offset it would be if the
jpayne@68 1872 whole signature were read (i.e. if an
jpayne@68 1873 application had already read in 4
jpayne@68 1874 bytes of signature before starting
jpayne@68 1875 libpng, the remaining 4 bytes would
jpayne@68 1876 be in signature[4] through signature[7]
jpayne@68 1877 (see png_set_sig_bytes())).
jpayne@68 1878
jpayne@68 1879 These are also important, but their validity depends on whether the chunk
jpayne@68 1880 has been read. The png_get_valid(png_ptr, info_ptr, PNG_INFO_<chunk>) and
jpayne@68 1881 png_get_<chunk>(png_ptr, info_ptr, ...) functions return non-zero if the
jpayne@68 1882 data has been read, or zero if it is missing. The parameters to the
jpayne@68 1883 png_get_<chunk> are set directly if they are simple data types, or a
jpayne@68 1884 pointer into the info_ptr is returned for any complex types.
jpayne@68 1885
jpayne@68 1886 The colorspace data from gAMA, cHRM, sRGB, iCCP, and sBIT chunks
jpayne@68 1887 is simply returned to give the application information about how the
jpayne@68 1888 image was encoded. Libpng itself only does transformations using the file
jpayne@68 1889 gamma when combining semitransparent pixels with the background color, and,
jpayne@68 1890 since libpng-1.6.0, when converting between 8-bit sRGB and 16-bit linear pixels
jpayne@68 1891 within the simplified API. Libpng also uses the file gamma when converting
jpayne@68 1892 RGB to gray, beginning with libpng-1.0.5, if the application calls
jpayne@68 1893 png_set_rgb_to_gray()).
jpayne@68 1894
jpayne@68 1895 png_get_PLTE(png_ptr, info_ptr, &palette,
jpayne@68 1896 &num_palette);
jpayne@68 1897
jpayne@68 1898 palette - the palette for the file
jpayne@68 1899 (array of png_color)
jpayne@68 1900
jpayne@68 1901 num_palette - number of entries in the palette
jpayne@68 1902
jpayne@68 1903 png_get_gAMA(png_ptr, info_ptr, &file_gamma);
jpayne@68 1904 png_get_gAMA_fixed(png_ptr, info_ptr, &int_file_gamma);
jpayne@68 1905
jpayne@68 1906 file_gamma - the gamma at which the file is
jpayne@68 1907 written (PNG_INFO_gAMA)
jpayne@68 1908
jpayne@68 1909 int_file_gamma - 100,000 times the gamma at which the
jpayne@68 1910 file is written
jpayne@68 1911
jpayne@68 1912 png_get_cHRM(png_ptr, info_ptr, &white_x, &white_y, &red_x,
jpayne@68 1913 &red_y, &green_x, &green_y, &blue_x, &blue_y)
jpayne@68 1914 png_get_cHRM_XYZ(png_ptr, info_ptr, &red_X, &red_Y, &red_Z,
jpayne@68 1915 &green_X, &green_Y, &green_Z, &blue_X, &blue_Y,
jpayne@68 1916 &blue_Z)
jpayne@68 1917 png_get_cHRM_fixed(png_ptr, info_ptr, &int_white_x,
jpayne@68 1918 &int_white_y, &int_red_x, &int_red_y,
jpayne@68 1919 &int_green_x, &int_green_y, &int_blue_x,
jpayne@68 1920 &int_blue_y)
jpayne@68 1921 png_get_cHRM_XYZ_fixed(png_ptr, info_ptr, &int_red_X, &int_red_Y,
jpayne@68 1922 &int_red_Z, &int_green_X, &int_green_Y,
jpayne@68 1923 &int_green_Z, &int_blue_X, &int_blue_Y,
jpayne@68 1924 &int_blue_Z)
jpayne@68 1925
jpayne@68 1926 {white,red,green,blue}_{x,y}
jpayne@68 1927 A color space encoding specified using the
jpayne@68 1928 chromaticities of the end points and the
jpayne@68 1929 white point. (PNG_INFO_cHRM)
jpayne@68 1930
jpayne@68 1931 {red,green,blue}_{X,Y,Z}
jpayne@68 1932 A color space encoding specified using the
jpayne@68 1933 encoding end points - the CIE tristimulus
jpayne@68 1934 specification of the intended color of the red,
jpayne@68 1935 green and blue channels in the PNG RGB data.
jpayne@68 1936 The white point is simply the sum of the three
jpayne@68 1937 end points. (PNG_INFO_cHRM)
jpayne@68 1938
jpayne@68 1939 png_get_sRGB(png_ptr, info_ptr, &srgb_intent);
jpayne@68 1940
jpayne@68 1941 srgb_intent - the rendering intent (PNG_INFO_sRGB)
jpayne@68 1942 The presence of the sRGB chunk
jpayne@68 1943 means that the pixel data is in the
jpayne@68 1944 sRGB color space. This chunk also
jpayne@68 1945 implies specific values of gAMA and
jpayne@68 1946 cHRM.
jpayne@68 1947
jpayne@68 1948 png_get_iCCP(png_ptr, info_ptr, &name,
jpayne@68 1949 &compression_type, &profile, &proflen);
jpayne@68 1950
jpayne@68 1951 name - The profile name.
jpayne@68 1952
jpayne@68 1953 compression_type - The compression type; always
jpayne@68 1954 PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_BASE for PNG 1.0.
jpayne@68 1955 You may give NULL to this argument to
jpayne@68 1956 ignore it.
jpayne@68 1957
jpayne@68 1958 profile - International Color Consortium color
jpayne@68 1959 profile data. May contain NULs.
jpayne@68 1960
jpayne@68 1961 proflen - length of profile data in bytes.
jpayne@68 1962
jpayne@68 1963 png_get_sBIT(png_ptr, info_ptr, &sig_bit);
jpayne@68 1964
jpayne@68 1965 sig_bit - the number of significant bits for
jpayne@68 1966 (PNG_INFO_sBIT) each of the gray,
jpayne@68 1967 red, green, and blue channels,
jpayne@68 1968 whichever are appropriate for the
jpayne@68 1969 given color type (png_color_16)
jpayne@68 1970
jpayne@68 1971 png_get_tRNS(png_ptr, info_ptr, &trans_alpha,
jpayne@68 1972 &num_trans, &trans_color);
jpayne@68 1973
jpayne@68 1974 trans_alpha - array of alpha (transparency)
jpayne@68 1975 entries for palette (PNG_INFO_tRNS)
jpayne@68 1976
jpayne@68 1977 num_trans - number of transparent entries
jpayne@68 1978 (PNG_INFO_tRNS)
jpayne@68 1979
jpayne@68 1980 trans_color - graylevel or color sample values of
jpayne@68 1981 the single transparent color for
jpayne@68 1982 non-paletted images (PNG_INFO_tRNS)
jpayne@68 1983
jpayne@68 1984 png_get_eXIf_1(png_ptr, info_ptr, &num_exif, &exif);
jpayne@68 1985
jpayne@68 1986 exif - Exif profile (array of png_byte)
jpayne@68 1987 (PNG_INFO_eXIf)
jpayne@68 1988
jpayne@68 1989 png_get_hIST(png_ptr, info_ptr, &hist);
jpayne@68 1990
jpayne@68 1991 hist - histogram of palette (array of
jpayne@68 1992 png_uint_16) (PNG_INFO_hIST)
jpayne@68 1993
jpayne@68 1994 png_get_tIME(png_ptr, info_ptr, &mod_time);
jpayne@68 1995
jpayne@68 1996 mod_time - time image was last modified
jpayne@68 1997 (PNG_INFO_tIME)
jpayne@68 1998
jpayne@68 1999 png_get_bKGD(png_ptr, info_ptr, &background);
jpayne@68 2000
jpayne@68 2001 background - background color (of type
jpayne@68 2002 png_color_16p) (PNG_INFO_bKGD)
jpayne@68 2003 valid 16-bit red, green and blue
jpayne@68 2004 values, regardless of color_type
jpayne@68 2005
jpayne@68 2006 num_comments = png_get_text(png_ptr, info_ptr,
jpayne@68 2007 &text_ptr, &num_text);
jpayne@68 2008
jpayne@68 2009 num_comments - number of comments
jpayne@68 2010
jpayne@68 2011 text_ptr - array of png_text holding image
jpayne@68 2012 comments
jpayne@68 2013
jpayne@68 2014 text_ptr[i].compression - type of compression used
jpayne@68 2015 on "text" PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE
jpayne@68 2016 PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt
jpayne@68 2017 PNG_ITXT_COMPRESSION_NONE
jpayne@68 2018 PNG_ITXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt
jpayne@68 2019
jpayne@68 2020 text_ptr[i].key - keyword for comment. Must contain
jpayne@68 2021 1-79 characters.
jpayne@68 2022
jpayne@68 2023 text_ptr[i].text - text comments for current
jpayne@68 2024 keyword. Can be empty.
jpayne@68 2025
jpayne@68 2026 text_ptr[i].text_length - length of text string,
jpayne@68 2027 after decompression, 0 for iTXt
jpayne@68 2028
jpayne@68 2029 text_ptr[i].itxt_length - length of itxt string,
jpayne@68 2030 after decompression, 0 for tEXt/zTXt
jpayne@68 2031
jpayne@68 2032 text_ptr[i].lang - language of comment (empty
jpayne@68 2033 string for unknown).
jpayne@68 2034
jpayne@68 2035 text_ptr[i].lang_key - keyword in UTF-8
jpayne@68 2036 (empty string for unknown).
jpayne@68 2037
jpayne@68 2038 Note that the itxt_length, lang, and lang_key
jpayne@68 2039 members of the text_ptr structure only exist when the
jpayne@68 2040 library is built with iTXt chunk support. Prior to
jpayne@68 2041 libpng-1.4.0 the library was built by default without
jpayne@68 2042 iTXt support. Also note that when iTXt is supported,
jpayne@68 2043 they contain NULL pointers when the "compression"
jpayne@68 2044 field contains PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE or
jpayne@68 2045 PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt.
jpayne@68 2046
jpayne@68 2047 num_text - number of comments (same as
jpayne@68 2048 num_comments; you can put NULL here
jpayne@68 2049 to avoid the duplication)
jpayne@68 2050
jpayne@68 2051 Note while png_set_text() will accept text, language,
jpayne@68 2052 and translated keywords that can be NULL pointers, the
jpayne@68 2053 structure returned by png_get_text will always contain
jpayne@68 2054 regular zero-terminated C strings. They might be
jpayne@68 2055 empty strings but they will never be NULL pointers.
jpayne@68 2056
jpayne@68 2057 num_spalettes = png_get_sPLT(png_ptr, info_ptr,
jpayne@68 2058 &palette_ptr);
jpayne@68 2059
jpayne@68 2060 num_spalettes - number of sPLT chunks read.
jpayne@68 2061
jpayne@68 2062 palette_ptr - array of palette structures holding
jpayne@68 2063 contents of one or more sPLT chunks
jpayne@68 2064 read.
jpayne@68 2065
jpayne@68 2066 png_get_oFFs(png_ptr, info_ptr, &offset_x, &offset_y,
jpayne@68 2067 &unit_type);
jpayne@68 2068
jpayne@68 2069 offset_x - positive offset from the left edge
jpayne@68 2070 of the screen (can be negative)
jpayne@68 2071
jpayne@68 2072 offset_y - positive offset from the top edge
jpayne@68 2073 of the screen (can be negative)
jpayne@68 2074
jpayne@68 2075 unit_type - PNG_OFFSET_PIXEL, PNG_OFFSET_MICROMETER
jpayne@68 2076
jpayne@68 2077 png_get_pHYs(png_ptr, info_ptr, &res_x, &res_y,
jpayne@68 2078 &unit_type);
jpayne@68 2079
jpayne@68 2080 res_x - pixels/unit physical resolution in
jpayne@68 2081 x direction
jpayne@68 2082
jpayne@68 2083 res_y - pixels/unit physical resolution in
jpayne@68 2084 x direction
jpayne@68 2085
jpayne@68 2086 unit_type - PNG_RESOLUTION_UNKNOWN,
jpayne@68 2087 PNG_RESOLUTION_METER
jpayne@68 2088
jpayne@68 2089 png_get_sCAL(png_ptr, info_ptr, &unit, &width,
jpayne@68 2090 &height)
jpayne@68 2091
jpayne@68 2092 unit - physical scale units (an integer)
jpayne@68 2093
jpayne@68 2094 width - width of a pixel in physical scale units
jpayne@68 2095
jpayne@68 2096 height - height of a pixel in physical scale units
jpayne@68 2097 (width and height are doubles)
jpayne@68 2098
jpayne@68 2099 png_get_sCAL_s(png_ptr, info_ptr, &unit, &width,
jpayne@68 2100 &height)
jpayne@68 2101
jpayne@68 2102 unit - physical scale units (an integer)
jpayne@68 2103
jpayne@68 2104 width - width of a pixel in physical scale units
jpayne@68 2105 (expressed as a string)
jpayne@68 2106
jpayne@68 2107 height - height of a pixel in physical scale units
jpayne@68 2108 (width and height are strings like "2.54")
jpayne@68 2109
jpayne@68 2110 num_unknown_chunks = png_get_unknown_chunks(png_ptr,
jpayne@68 2111 info_ptr, &unknowns)
jpayne@68 2112
jpayne@68 2113 unknowns - array of png_unknown_chunk
jpayne@68 2114 structures holding unknown chunks
jpayne@68 2115
jpayne@68 2116 unknowns[i].name - name of unknown chunk
jpayne@68 2117
jpayne@68 2118 unknowns[i].data - data of unknown chunk
jpayne@68 2119
jpayne@68 2120 unknowns[i].size - size of unknown chunk's data
jpayne@68 2121
jpayne@68 2122 unknowns[i].location - position of chunk in file
jpayne@68 2123
jpayne@68 2124 The value of "i" corresponds to the order in which the
jpayne@68 2125 chunks were read from the PNG file or inserted with the
jpayne@68 2126 png_set_unknown_chunks() function.
jpayne@68 2127
jpayne@68 2128 The value of "location" is a bitwise "or" of
jpayne@68 2129
jpayne@68 2130 PNG_HAVE_IHDR (0x01)
jpayne@68 2131 PNG_HAVE_PLTE (0x02)
jpayne@68 2132 PNG_AFTER_IDAT (0x08)
jpayne@68 2133
jpayne@68 2134 The data from the pHYs chunk can be retrieved in several convenient
jpayne@68 2135 forms:
jpayne@68 2136
jpayne@68 2137 res_x = png_get_x_pixels_per_meter(png_ptr,
jpayne@68 2138 info_ptr)
jpayne@68 2139
jpayne@68 2140 res_y = png_get_y_pixels_per_meter(png_ptr,
jpayne@68 2141 info_ptr)
jpayne@68 2142
jpayne@68 2143 res_x_and_y = png_get_pixels_per_meter(png_ptr,
jpayne@68 2144 info_ptr)
jpayne@68 2145
jpayne@68 2146 res_x = png_get_x_pixels_per_inch(png_ptr,
jpayne@68 2147 info_ptr)
jpayne@68 2148
jpayne@68 2149 res_y = png_get_y_pixels_per_inch(png_ptr,
jpayne@68 2150 info_ptr)
jpayne@68 2151
jpayne@68 2152 res_x_and_y = png_get_pixels_per_inch(png_ptr,
jpayne@68 2153 info_ptr)
jpayne@68 2154
jpayne@68 2155 aspect_ratio = png_get_pixel_aspect_ratio(png_ptr,
jpayne@68 2156 info_ptr)
jpayne@68 2157
jpayne@68 2158 Each of these returns 0 [signifying "unknown"] if
jpayne@68 2159 the data is not present or if res_x is 0;
jpayne@68 2160 res_x_and_y is 0 if res_x != res_y
jpayne@68 2161
jpayne@68 2162 Note that because of the way the resolutions are
jpayne@68 2163 stored internally, the inch conversions won't
jpayne@68 2164 come out to exactly even number. For example,
jpayne@68 2165 72 dpi is stored as 0.28346 pixels/meter, and
jpayne@68 2166 when this is retrieved it is 71.9988 dpi, so
jpayne@68 2167 be sure to round the returned value appropriately
jpayne@68 2168 if you want to display a reasonable-looking result.
jpayne@68 2169
jpayne@68 2170 The data from the oFFs chunk can be retrieved in several convenient
jpayne@68 2171 forms:
jpayne@68 2172
jpayne@68 2173 x_offset = png_get_x_offset_microns(png_ptr, info_ptr);
jpayne@68 2174
jpayne@68 2175 y_offset = png_get_y_offset_microns(png_ptr, info_ptr);
jpayne@68 2176
jpayne@68 2177 x_offset = png_get_x_offset_inches(png_ptr, info_ptr);
jpayne@68 2178
jpayne@68 2179 y_offset = png_get_y_offset_inches(png_ptr, info_ptr);
jpayne@68 2180
jpayne@68 2181 Each of these returns 0 [signifying "unknown" if both
jpayne@68 2182 x and y are 0] if the data is not present or if the
jpayne@68 2183 chunk is present but the unit is the pixel. The
jpayne@68 2184 remark about inexact inch conversions applies here
jpayne@68 2185 as well, because a value in inches can't always be
jpayne@68 2186 converted to microns and back without some loss
jpayne@68 2187 of precision.
jpayne@68 2188
jpayne@68 2189 For more information, see the
jpayne@68 2190 PNG specification for chunk contents. Be careful with trusting
jpayne@68 2191 rowbytes, as some of the transformations could increase the space
jpayne@68 2192 needed to hold a row (expand, filler, gray_to_rgb, etc.).
jpayne@68 2193 See png_read_update_info(), below.
jpayne@68 2194
jpayne@68 2195 A quick word about text_ptr and num_text. PNG stores comments in
jpayne@68 2196 keyword/text pairs, one pair per chunk, with no limit on the number
jpayne@68 2197 of text chunks, and a 2^31 byte limit on their size. While there are
jpayne@68 2198 suggested keywords, there is no requirement to restrict the use to these
jpayne@68 2199 strings. It is strongly suggested that keywords and text be sensible
jpayne@68 2200 to humans (that's the point), so don't use abbreviations. Non-printing
jpayne@68 2201 symbols are not allowed. See the PNG specification for more details.
jpayne@68 2202 There is also no requirement to have text after the keyword.
jpayne@68 2203
jpayne@68 2204 Keywords should be limited to 79 Latin-1 characters without leading or
jpayne@68 2205 trailing spaces, but non-consecutive spaces are allowed within the
jpayne@68 2206 keyword. It is possible to have the same keyword any number of times.
jpayne@68 2207 The text_ptr is an array of png_text structures, each holding a
jpayne@68 2208 pointer to a language string, a pointer to a keyword and a pointer to
jpayne@68 2209 a text string. The text string, language code, and translated
jpayne@68 2210 keyword may be empty or NULL pointers. The keyword/text
jpayne@68 2211 pairs are put into the array in the order that they are received.
jpayne@68 2212 However, some or all of the text chunks may be after the image, so, to
jpayne@68 2213 make sure you have read all the text chunks, don't mess with these
jpayne@68 2214 until after you read the stuff after the image. This will be
jpayne@68 2215 mentioned again below in the discussion that goes with png_read_end().
jpayne@68 2216
jpayne@68 2217 .SS Input transformations
jpayne@68 2218
jpayne@68 2219 After you've read the header information, you can set up the library
jpayne@68 2220 to handle any special transformations of the image data. The various
jpayne@68 2221 ways to transform the data will be described in the order that they
jpayne@68 2222 should occur. This is important, as some of these change the color
jpayne@68 2223 type and/or bit depth of the data, and some others only work on
jpayne@68 2224 certain color types and bit depths.
jpayne@68 2225
jpayne@68 2226 Transformations you request are ignored if they don't have any meaning for a
jpayne@68 2227 particular input data format. However some transformations can have an effect
jpayne@68 2228 as a result of a previous transformation. If you specify a contradictory set of
jpayne@68 2229 transformations, for example both adding and removing the alpha channel, you
jpayne@68 2230 cannot predict the final result.
jpayne@68 2231
jpayne@68 2232 The color used for the transparency values should be supplied in the same
jpayne@68 2233 format/depth as the current image data. It is stored in the same format/depth
jpayne@68 2234 as the image data in a tRNS chunk, so this is what libpng expects for this data.
jpayne@68 2235
jpayne@68 2236 The color used for the background value depends on the need_expand argument as
jpayne@68 2237 described below.
jpayne@68 2238
jpayne@68 2239 Data will be decoded into the supplied row buffers packed into bytes
jpayne@68 2240 unless the library has been told to transform it into another format.
jpayne@68 2241 For example, 4 bit/pixel paletted or grayscale data will be returned
jpayne@68 2242 2 pixels/byte with the leftmost pixel in the high-order bits of the byte,
jpayne@68 2243 unless png_set_packing() is called. 8-bit RGB data will be stored
jpayne@68 2244 in RGB RGB RGB format unless png_set_filler() or png_set_add_alpha()
jpayne@68 2245 is called to insert filler bytes, either before or after each RGB triplet.
jpayne@68 2246
jpayne@68 2247 16-bit RGB data will be returned RRGGBB RRGGBB, with the most significant
jpayne@68 2248 byte of the color value first, unless png_set_scale_16() is called to
jpayne@68 2249 transform it to regular RGB RGB triplets, or png_set_filler() or
jpayne@68 2250 png_set_add alpha() is called to insert two filler bytes, either before
jpayne@68 2251 or after each RRGGBB triplet. Similarly, 8-bit or 16-bit grayscale data can
jpayne@68 2252 be modified with png_set_filler(), png_set_add_alpha(), png_set_strip_16(),
jpayne@68 2253 or png_set_scale_16().
jpayne@68 2254
jpayne@68 2255 The following code transforms grayscale images of less than 8 to 8 bits,
jpayne@68 2256 changes paletted images to RGB, and adds a full alpha channel if there is
jpayne@68 2257 transparency information in a tRNS chunk. This is most useful on
jpayne@68 2258 grayscale images with bit depths of 2 or 4 or if there is a multiple-image
jpayne@68 2259 viewing application that wishes to treat all images in the same way.
jpayne@68 2260
jpayne@68 2261 if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE)
jpayne@68 2262 png_set_palette_to_rgb(png_ptr);
jpayne@68 2263
jpayne@68 2264 if (png_get_valid(png_ptr, info_ptr, PNG_INFO_tRNS))
jpayne@68 2265 png_set_tRNS_to_alpha(png_ptr);
jpayne@68 2266
jpayne@68 2267 if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY && bit_depth < 8)
jpayne@68 2268 png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8(png_ptr);
jpayne@68 2269
jpayne@68 2270 The first two functions are actually aliases for png_set_expand(), added
jpayne@68 2271 in libpng version 1.0.4, with the function names expanded to improve code
jpayne@68 2272 readability. In some future version they may actually do different
jpayne@68 2273 things.
jpayne@68 2274
jpayne@68 2275 As of libpng version 1.2.9, png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8() was
jpayne@68 2276 added. It expands the sample depth without changing tRNS to alpha.
jpayne@68 2277
jpayne@68 2278 As of libpng version 1.5.2, png_set_expand_16() was added. It behaves as
jpayne@68 2279 png_set_expand(); however, the resultant channels have 16 bits rather than 8.
jpayne@68 2280 Use this when the output color or gray channels are made linear to avoid fairly
jpayne@68 2281 severe accuracy loss.
jpayne@68 2282
jpayne@68 2283 if (bit_depth < 16)
jpayne@68 2284 png_set_expand_16(png_ptr);
jpayne@68 2285
jpayne@68 2286 PNG can have files with 16 bits per channel. If you only can handle
jpayne@68 2287 8 bits per channel, this will strip the pixels down to 8-bit.
jpayne@68 2288
jpayne@68 2289 if (bit_depth == 16)
jpayne@68 2290 {
jpayne@68 2291 #if PNG_LIBPNG_VER >= 10504
jpayne@68 2292 png_set_scale_16(png_ptr);
jpayne@68 2293 #else
jpayne@68 2294 png_set_strip_16(png_ptr);
jpayne@68 2295 #endif
jpayne@68 2296 }
jpayne@68 2297
jpayne@68 2298 (The more accurate "png_set_scale_16()" API became available in libpng version
jpayne@68 2299 1.5.4).
jpayne@68 2300
jpayne@68 2301 If you need to process the alpha channel on the image separately from the image
jpayne@68 2302 data (for example if you convert it to a bitmap mask) it is possible to have
jpayne@68 2303 libpng strip the channel leaving just RGB or gray data:
jpayne@68 2304
jpayne@68 2305 if (color_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA)
jpayne@68 2306 png_set_strip_alpha(png_ptr);
jpayne@68 2307
jpayne@68 2308 If you strip the alpha channel you need to find some other way of dealing with
jpayne@68 2309 the information. If, instead, you want to convert the image to an opaque
jpayne@68 2310 version with no alpha channel use png_set_background; see below.
jpayne@68 2311
jpayne@68 2312 As of libpng version 1.5.2, almost all useful expansions are supported, the
jpayne@68 2313 major omissions are conversion of grayscale to indexed images (which can be
jpayne@68 2314 done trivially in the application) and conversion of indexed to grayscale (which
jpayne@68 2315 can be done by a trivial manipulation of the palette.)
jpayne@68 2316
jpayne@68 2317 In the following table, the 01 means grayscale with depth<8, 31 means
jpayne@68 2318 indexed with depth<8, other numerals represent the color type, "T" means
jpayne@68 2319 the tRNS chunk is present, A means an alpha channel is present, and O
jpayne@68 2320 means tRNS or alpha is present but all pixels in the image are opaque.
jpayne@68 2321
jpayne@68 2322 FROM 01 31 0 0T 0O 2 2T 2O 3 3T 3O 4A 4O 6A 6O
jpayne@68 2323 TO
jpayne@68 2324 01 - [G] - - - - - - - - - - - - -
jpayne@68 2325 31 [Q] Q [Q] [Q] [Q] Q Q Q Q Q Q [Q] [Q] Q Q
jpayne@68 2326 0 1 G + . . G G G G G G B B GB GB
jpayne@68 2327 0T lt Gt t + . Gt G G Gt G G Bt Bt GBt GBt
jpayne@68 2328 0O lt Gt t . + Gt Gt G Gt Gt G Bt Bt GBt GBt
jpayne@68 2329 2 C P C C C + . . C - - CB CB B B
jpayne@68 2330 2T Ct - Ct C C t + t - - - CBt CBt Bt Bt
jpayne@68 2331 2O Ct - Ct C C t t + - - - CBt CBt Bt Bt
jpayne@68 2332 3 [Q] p [Q] [Q] [Q] Q Q Q + . . [Q] [Q] Q Q
jpayne@68 2333 3T [Qt] p [Qt][Q] [Q] Qt Qt Qt t + t [Qt][Qt] Qt Qt
jpayne@68 2334 3O [Qt] p [Qt][Q] [Q] Qt Qt Qt t t + [Qt][Qt] Qt Qt
jpayne@68 2335 4A lA G A T T GA GT GT GA GT GT + BA G GBA
jpayne@68 2336 4O lA GBA A T T GA GT GT GA GT GT BA + GBA G
jpayne@68 2337 6A CA PA CA C C A T tT PA P P C CBA + BA
jpayne@68 2338 6O CA PBA CA C C A tT T PA P P CBA C BA +
jpayne@68 2339
jpayne@68 2340 Within the matrix,
jpayne@68 2341 "+" identifies entries where 'from' and 'to' are the same.
jpayne@68 2342 "-" means the transformation is not supported.
jpayne@68 2343 "." means nothing is necessary (a tRNS chunk can just be ignored).
jpayne@68 2344 "t" means the transformation is obtained by png_set_tRNS.
jpayne@68 2345 "A" means the transformation is obtained by png_set_add_alpha().
jpayne@68 2346 "X" means the transformation is obtained by png_set_expand().
jpayne@68 2347 "1" means the transformation is obtained by
jpayne@68 2348 png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8() (and by png_set_expand()
jpayne@68 2349 if there is no transparency in the original or the final
jpayne@68 2350 format).
jpayne@68 2351 "C" means the transformation is obtained by png_set_gray_to_rgb().
jpayne@68 2352 "G" means the transformation is obtained by png_set_rgb_to_gray().
jpayne@68 2353 "P" means the transformation is obtained by
jpayne@68 2354 png_set_expand_palette_to_rgb().
jpayne@68 2355 "p" means the transformation is obtained by png_set_packing().
jpayne@68 2356 "Q" means the transformation is obtained by png_set_quantize().
jpayne@68 2357 "T" means the transformation is obtained by
jpayne@68 2358 png_set_tRNS_to_alpha().
jpayne@68 2359 "B" means the transformation is obtained by
jpayne@68 2360 png_set_background(), or png_strip_alpha().
jpayne@68 2361
jpayne@68 2362 When an entry has multiple transforms listed all are required to cause the
jpayne@68 2363 right overall transformation. When two transforms are separated by a comma
jpayne@68 2364 either will do the job. When transforms are enclosed in [] the transform should
jpayne@68 2365 do the job but this is currently unimplemented - a different format will result
jpayne@68 2366 if the suggested transformations are used.
jpayne@68 2367
jpayne@68 2368 In PNG files, the alpha channel in an image
jpayne@68 2369 is the level of opacity. If you need the alpha channel in an image to
jpayne@68 2370 be the level of transparency instead of opacity, you can invert the
jpayne@68 2371 alpha channel (or the tRNS chunk data) after it's read, so that 0 is
jpayne@68 2372 fully opaque and 255 (in 8-bit or paletted images) or 65535 (in 16-bit
jpayne@68 2373 images) is fully transparent, with
jpayne@68 2374
jpayne@68 2375 png_set_invert_alpha(png_ptr);
jpayne@68 2376
jpayne@68 2377 PNG files pack pixels of bit depths 1, 2, and 4 into bytes as small as
jpayne@68 2378 they can, resulting in, for example, 8 pixels per byte for 1 bit
jpayne@68 2379 files. This code expands to 1 pixel per byte without changing the
jpayne@68 2380 values of the pixels:
jpayne@68 2381
jpayne@68 2382 if (bit_depth < 8)
jpayne@68 2383 png_set_packing(png_ptr);
jpayne@68 2384
jpayne@68 2385 PNG files have possible bit depths of 1, 2, 4, 8, and 16. All pixels
jpayne@68 2386 stored in a PNG image have been "scaled" or "shifted" up to the next
jpayne@68 2387 higher possible bit depth (e.g. from 5 bits/sample in the range [0,31]
jpayne@68 2388 to 8 bits/sample in the range [0, 255]). However, it is also possible
jpayne@68 2389 to convert the PNG pixel data back to the original bit depth of the
jpayne@68 2390 image. This call reduces the pixels back down to the original bit depth:
jpayne@68 2391
jpayne@68 2392 png_color_8p sig_bit;
jpayne@68 2393
jpayne@68 2394 if (png_get_sBIT(png_ptr, info_ptr, &sig_bit))
jpayne@68 2395 png_set_shift(png_ptr, sig_bit);
jpayne@68 2396
jpayne@68 2397 PNG files store 3-color pixels in red, green, blue order. This code
jpayne@68 2398 changes the storage of the pixels to blue, green, red:
jpayne@68 2399
jpayne@68 2400 if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB ||
jpayne@68 2401 color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA)
jpayne@68 2402 png_set_bgr(png_ptr);
jpayne@68 2403
jpayne@68 2404 PNG files store RGB pixels packed into 3 or 6 bytes. This code expands them
jpayne@68 2405 into 4 or 8 bytes for windowing systems that need them in this format:
jpayne@68 2406
jpayne@68 2407 if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB)
jpayne@68 2408 png_set_filler(png_ptr, filler, PNG_FILLER_BEFORE);
jpayne@68 2409
jpayne@68 2410 where "filler" is the 8-bit or 16-bit number to fill with, and the location
jpayne@68 2411 is either PNG_FILLER_BEFORE or PNG_FILLER_AFTER, depending upon whether
jpayne@68 2412 you want the filler before the RGB or after. When filling an 8-bit pixel,
jpayne@68 2413 the least significant 8 bits of the number are used, if a 16-bit number is
jpayne@68 2414 supplied. This transformation does not affect images that already have full
jpayne@68 2415 alpha channels. To add an opaque alpha channel, use filler=0xffff and
jpayne@68 2416 PNG_FILLER_AFTER which will generate RGBA pixels.
jpayne@68 2417
jpayne@68 2418 Note that png_set_filler() does not change the color type. If you want
jpayne@68 2419 to do that, you can add a true alpha channel with
jpayne@68 2420
jpayne@68 2421 if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB ||
jpayne@68 2422 color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY)
jpayne@68 2423 png_set_add_alpha(png_ptr, filler, PNG_FILLER_AFTER);
jpayne@68 2424
jpayne@68 2425 where "filler" contains the alpha value to assign to each pixel.
jpayne@68 2426 The png_set_add_alpha() function was added in libpng-1.2.7.
jpayne@68 2427
jpayne@68 2428 If you are reading an image with an alpha channel, and you need the
jpayne@68 2429 data as ARGB instead of the normal PNG format RGBA:
jpayne@68 2430
jpayne@68 2431 if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA)
jpayne@68 2432 png_set_swap_alpha(png_ptr);
jpayne@68 2433
jpayne@68 2434 For some uses, you may want a grayscale image to be represented as
jpayne@68 2435 RGB. This code will do that conversion:
jpayne@68 2436
jpayne@68 2437 if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY ||
jpayne@68 2438 color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY_ALPHA)
jpayne@68 2439 png_set_gray_to_rgb(png_ptr);
jpayne@68 2440
jpayne@68 2441 Conversely, you can convert an RGB or RGBA image to grayscale or grayscale
jpayne@68 2442 with alpha.
jpayne@68 2443
jpayne@68 2444 if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB ||
jpayne@68 2445 color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA)
jpayne@68 2446 png_set_rgb_to_gray(png_ptr, error_action,
jpayne@68 2447 (double)red_weight, (double)green_weight);
jpayne@68 2448
jpayne@68 2449 error_action = 1: silently do the conversion
jpayne@68 2450
jpayne@68 2451 error_action = 2: issue a warning if the original
jpayne@68 2452 image has any pixel where
jpayne@68 2453 red != green or red != blue
jpayne@68 2454
jpayne@68 2455 error_action = 3: issue an error and abort the
jpayne@68 2456 conversion if the original
jpayne@68 2457 image has any pixel where
jpayne@68 2458 red != green or red != blue
jpayne@68 2459
jpayne@68 2460 red_weight: weight of red component
jpayne@68 2461
jpayne@68 2462 green_weight: weight of green component
jpayne@68 2463 If either weight is negative, default
jpayne@68 2464 weights are used.
jpayne@68 2465
jpayne@68 2466 In the corresponding fixed point API the red_weight and green_weight values are
jpayne@68 2467 simply scaled by 100,000:
jpayne@68 2468
jpayne@68 2469 png_set_rgb_to_gray(png_ptr, error_action,
jpayne@68 2470 (png_fixed_point)red_weight,
jpayne@68 2471 (png_fixed_point)green_weight);
jpayne@68 2472
jpayne@68 2473 If you have set error_action = 1 or 2, you can
jpayne@68 2474 later check whether the image really was gray, after processing
jpayne@68 2475 the image rows, with the png_get_rgb_to_gray_status(png_ptr) function.
jpayne@68 2476 It will return a png_byte that is zero if the image was gray or
jpayne@68 2477 1 if there were any non-gray pixels. Background and sBIT data
jpayne@68 2478 will be silently converted to grayscale, using the green channel
jpayne@68 2479 data for sBIT, regardless of the error_action setting.
jpayne@68 2480
jpayne@68 2481 The default values come from the PNG file cHRM chunk if present; otherwise, the
jpayne@68 2482 defaults correspond to the ITU-R recommendation 709, and also the sRGB color
jpayne@68 2483 space, as recommended in the Charles Poynton's Colour FAQ,
jpayne@68 2484 Copyright (c) 2006-11-28 Charles Poynton, in section 9:
jpayne@68 2485
jpayne@68 2486 <http://www.poynton.com/notes/colour_and_gamma/ColorFAQ.html#RTFToC9>
jpayne@68 2487
jpayne@68 2488 Y = 0.2126 * R + 0.7152 * G + 0.0722 * B
jpayne@68 2489
jpayne@68 2490 Previous versions of this document, 1998 through 2002, recommended a slightly
jpayne@68 2491 different formula:
jpayne@68 2492
jpayne@68 2493 Y = 0.212671 * R + 0.715160 * G + 0.072169 * B
jpayne@68 2494
jpayne@68 2495 Libpng uses an integer approximation:
jpayne@68 2496
jpayne@68 2497 Y = (6968 * R + 23434 * G + 2366 * B)/32768
jpayne@68 2498
jpayne@68 2499 The calculation is done in a linear colorspace, if the image gamma
jpayne@68 2500 can be determined.
jpayne@68 2501
jpayne@68 2502 The png_set_background() function has been described already; it tells libpng to
jpayne@68 2503 composite images with alpha or simple transparency against the supplied
jpayne@68 2504 background color. For compatibility with versions of libpng earlier than
jpayne@68 2505 libpng-1.5.4 it is recommended that you call the function after reading the file
jpayne@68 2506 header, even if you don't want to use the color in a bKGD chunk, if one exists.
jpayne@68 2507
jpayne@68 2508 If the PNG file contains a bKGD chunk (PNG_INFO_bKGD valid),
jpayne@68 2509 you may use this color, or supply another color more suitable for
jpayne@68 2510 the current display (e.g., the background color from a web page). You
jpayne@68 2511 need to tell libpng how the color is represented, both the format of the
jpayne@68 2512 component values in the color (the number of bits) and the gamma encoding of the
jpayne@68 2513 color. The function takes two arguments, background_gamma_mode and need_expand
jpayne@68 2514 to convey this information; however, only two combinations are likely to be
jpayne@68 2515 useful:
jpayne@68 2516
jpayne@68 2517 png_color_16 my_background;
jpayne@68 2518 png_color_16p image_background;
jpayne@68 2519
jpayne@68 2520 if (png_get_bKGD(png_ptr, info_ptr, &image_background))
jpayne@68 2521 png_set_background(png_ptr, image_background,
jpayne@68 2522 PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_FILE, 1/*needs to be expanded*/, 1);
jpayne@68 2523 else
jpayne@68 2524 png_set_background(png_ptr, &my_background,
jpayne@68 2525 PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_SCREEN, 0/*do not expand*/, 1);
jpayne@68 2526
jpayne@68 2527 The second call was described above - my_background is in the format of the
jpayne@68 2528 final, display, output produced by libpng. Because you now know the format of
jpayne@68 2529 the PNG it is possible to avoid the need to choose either 8-bit or 16-bit
jpayne@68 2530 output and to retain palette images (the palette colors will be modified
jpayne@68 2531 appropriately and the tRNS chunk removed.) However, if you are doing this,
jpayne@68 2532 take great care not to ask for transformations without checking first that
jpayne@68 2533 they apply!
jpayne@68 2534
jpayne@68 2535 In the first call the background color has the original bit depth and color type
jpayne@68 2536 of the PNG file. So, for palette images the color is supplied as a palette
jpayne@68 2537 index and for low bit greyscale images the color is a reduced bit value in
jpayne@68 2538 image_background->gray.
jpayne@68 2539
jpayne@68 2540 If you didn't call png_set_gamma() before reading the file header, for example
jpayne@68 2541 if you need your code to remain compatible with older versions of libpng prior
jpayne@68 2542 to libpng-1.5.4, this is the place to call it.
jpayne@68 2543
jpayne@68 2544 Do not call it if you called png_set_alpha_mode(); doing so will damage the
jpayne@68 2545 settings put in place by png_set_alpha_mode(). (If png_set_alpha_mode() is
jpayne@68 2546 supported then you can certainly do png_set_gamma() before reading the PNG
jpayne@68 2547 header.)
jpayne@68 2548
jpayne@68 2549 This API unconditionally sets the screen and file gamma values, so it will
jpayne@68 2550 override the value in the PNG file unless it is called before the PNG file
jpayne@68 2551 reading starts. For this reason you must always call it with the PNG file
jpayne@68 2552 value when you call it in this position:
jpayne@68 2553
jpayne@68 2554 if (png_get_gAMA(png_ptr, info_ptr, &file_gamma))
jpayne@68 2555 png_set_gamma(png_ptr, screen_gamma, file_gamma);
jpayne@68 2556
jpayne@68 2557 else
jpayne@68 2558 png_set_gamma(png_ptr, screen_gamma, 0.45455);
jpayne@68 2559
jpayne@68 2560 If you need to reduce an RGB file to a paletted file, or if a paletted
jpayne@68 2561 file has more entries than will fit on your screen, png_set_quantize()
jpayne@68 2562 will do that. Note that this is a simple match quantization that merely
jpayne@68 2563 finds the closest color available. This should work fairly well with
jpayne@68 2564 optimized palettes, but fairly badly with linear color cubes. If you
jpayne@68 2565 pass a palette that is larger than maximum_colors, the file will
jpayne@68 2566 reduce the number of colors in the palette so it will fit into
jpayne@68 2567 maximum_colors. If there is a histogram, libpng will use it to make
jpayne@68 2568 more intelligent choices when reducing the palette. If there is no
jpayne@68 2569 histogram, it may not do as good a job.
jpayne@68 2570
jpayne@68 2571 if (color_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR)
jpayne@68 2572 {
jpayne@68 2573 if (png_get_valid(png_ptr, info_ptr,
jpayne@68 2574 PNG_INFO_PLTE))
jpayne@68 2575 {
jpayne@68 2576 png_uint_16p histogram = NULL;
jpayne@68 2577
jpayne@68 2578 png_get_hIST(png_ptr, info_ptr,
jpayne@68 2579 &histogram);
jpayne@68 2580 png_set_quantize(png_ptr, palette, num_palette,
jpayne@68 2581 max_screen_colors, histogram, 1);
jpayne@68 2582 }
jpayne@68 2583
jpayne@68 2584 else
jpayne@68 2585 {
jpayne@68 2586 png_color std_color_cube[MAX_SCREEN_COLORS] =
jpayne@68 2587 { ... colors ... };
jpayne@68 2588
jpayne@68 2589 png_set_quantize(png_ptr, std_color_cube,
jpayne@68 2590 MAX_SCREEN_COLORS, MAX_SCREEN_COLORS,
jpayne@68 2591 NULL,0);
jpayne@68 2592 }
jpayne@68 2593 }
jpayne@68 2594
jpayne@68 2595 PNG files describe monochrome as black being zero and white being one.
jpayne@68 2596 The following code will reverse this (make black be one and white be
jpayne@68 2597 zero):
jpayne@68 2598
jpayne@68 2599 if (bit_depth == 1 && color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY)
jpayne@68 2600 png_set_invert_mono(png_ptr);
jpayne@68 2601
jpayne@68 2602 This function can also be used to invert grayscale and gray-alpha images:
jpayne@68 2603
jpayne@68 2604 if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY ||
jpayne@68 2605 color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY_ALPHA)
jpayne@68 2606 png_set_invert_mono(png_ptr);
jpayne@68 2607
jpayne@68 2608 PNG files store 16-bit pixels in network byte order (big-endian,
jpayne@68 2609 ie. most significant bits first). This code changes the storage to the
jpayne@68 2610 other way (little-endian, i.e. least significant bits first, the
jpayne@68 2611 way PCs store them):
jpayne@68 2612
jpayne@68 2613 if (bit_depth == 16)
jpayne@68 2614 png_set_swap(png_ptr);
jpayne@68 2615
jpayne@68 2616 If you are using packed-pixel images (1, 2, or 4 bits/pixel), and you
jpayne@68 2617 need to change the order the pixels are packed into bytes, you can use:
jpayne@68 2618
jpayne@68 2619 if (bit_depth < 8)
jpayne@68 2620 png_set_packswap(png_ptr);
jpayne@68 2621
jpayne@68 2622 Finally, you can write your own transformation function if none of
jpayne@68 2623 the existing ones meets your needs. This is done by setting a callback
jpayne@68 2624 with
jpayne@68 2625
jpayne@68 2626 png_set_read_user_transform_fn(png_ptr,
jpayne@68 2627 read_transform_fn);
jpayne@68 2628
jpayne@68 2629 You must supply the function
jpayne@68 2630
jpayne@68 2631 void read_transform_fn(png_structp png_ptr, png_row_infop
jpayne@68 2632 row_info, png_bytep data)
jpayne@68 2633
jpayne@68 2634 See pngtest.c for a working example. Your function will be called
jpayne@68 2635 after all of the other transformations have been processed. Take care with
jpayne@68 2636 interlaced images if you do the interlace yourself - the width of the row is the
jpayne@68 2637 width in 'row_info', not the overall image width.
jpayne@68 2638
jpayne@68 2639 If supported, libpng provides two information routines that you can use to find
jpayne@68 2640 where you are in processing the image:
jpayne@68 2641
jpayne@68 2642 png_get_current_pass_number(png_structp png_ptr);
jpayne@68 2643 png_get_current_row_number(png_structp png_ptr);
jpayne@68 2644
jpayne@68 2645 Don't try using these outside a transform callback - firstly they are only
jpayne@68 2646 supported if user transforms are supported, secondly they may well return
jpayne@68 2647 unexpected results unless the row is actually being processed at the moment they
jpayne@68 2648 are called.
jpayne@68 2649
jpayne@68 2650 With interlaced
jpayne@68 2651 images the value returned is the row in the input sub-image image. Use
jpayne@68 2652 PNG_ROW_FROM_PASS_ROW(row, pass) and PNG_COL_FROM_PASS_COL(col, pass) to
jpayne@68 2653 find the output pixel (x,y) given an interlaced sub-image pixel (row,col,pass).
jpayne@68 2654
jpayne@68 2655 The discussion of interlace handling above contains more information on how to
jpayne@68 2656 use these values.
jpayne@68 2657
jpayne@68 2658 You can also set up a pointer to a user structure for use by your
jpayne@68 2659 callback function, and you can inform libpng that your transform
jpayne@68 2660 function will change the number of channels or bit depth with the
jpayne@68 2661 function
jpayne@68 2662
jpayne@68 2663 png_set_user_transform_info(png_ptr, user_ptr,
jpayne@68 2664 user_depth, user_channels);
jpayne@68 2665
jpayne@68 2666 The user's application, not libpng, is responsible for allocating and
jpayne@68 2667 freeing any memory required for the user structure.
jpayne@68 2668
jpayne@68 2669 You can retrieve the pointer via the function
jpayne@68 2670 png_get_user_transform_ptr(). For example:
jpayne@68 2671
jpayne@68 2672 voidp read_user_transform_ptr =
jpayne@68 2673 png_get_user_transform_ptr(png_ptr);
jpayne@68 2674
jpayne@68 2675 The last thing to handle is interlacing; this is covered in detail below,
jpayne@68 2676 but you must call the function here if you want libpng to handle expansion
jpayne@68 2677 of the interlaced image.
jpayne@68 2678
jpayne@68 2679 number_of_passes = png_set_interlace_handling(png_ptr);
jpayne@68 2680
jpayne@68 2681 After setting the transformations, libpng can update your png_info
jpayne@68 2682 structure to reflect any transformations you've requested with this
jpayne@68 2683 call.
jpayne@68 2684
jpayne@68 2685 png_read_update_info(png_ptr, info_ptr);
jpayne@68 2686
jpayne@68 2687 This is most useful to update the info structure's rowbytes
jpayne@68 2688 field so you can use it to allocate your image memory. This function
jpayne@68 2689 will also update your palette with the correct screen_gamma and
jpayne@68 2690 background if these have been given with the calls above. You may
jpayne@68 2691 only call png_read_update_info() once with a particular info_ptr.
jpayne@68 2692
jpayne@68 2693 After you call png_read_update_info(), you can allocate any
jpayne@68 2694 memory you need to hold the image. The row data is simply
jpayne@68 2695 raw byte data for all forms of images. As the actual allocation
jpayne@68 2696 varies among applications, no example will be given. If you
jpayne@68 2697 are allocating one large chunk, you will need to build an
jpayne@68 2698 array of pointers to each row, as it will be needed for some
jpayne@68 2699 of the functions below.
jpayne@68 2700
jpayne@68 2701 Be sure that your platform can allocate the buffer that you'll need.
jpayne@68 2702 libpng internally checks for oversize width, but you'll need to
jpayne@68 2703 do your own check for number_of_rows*width*pixel_size if you are using
jpayne@68 2704 a multiple-row buffer:
jpayne@68 2705
jpayne@68 2706 /* Guard against integer overflow */
jpayne@68 2707 if (number_of_rows > PNG_SIZE_MAX/(width*pixel_size))
jpayne@68 2708 png_error(png_ptr, "image_data buffer would be too large");
jpayne@68 2709
jpayne@68 2710 Remember: Before you call png_read_update_info(), the png_get_*()
jpayne@68 2711 functions return the values corresponding to the original PNG image.
jpayne@68 2712 After you call png_read_update_info the values refer to the image
jpayne@68 2713 that libpng will output. Consequently you must call all the png_set_
jpayne@68 2714 functions before you call png_read_update_info(). This is particularly
jpayne@68 2715 important for png_set_interlace_handling() - if you are going to call
jpayne@68 2716 png_read_update_info() you must call png_set_interlace_handling() before
jpayne@68 2717 it unless you want to receive interlaced output.
jpayne@68 2718
jpayne@68 2719 .SS Reading image data
jpayne@68 2720
jpayne@68 2721 After you've allocated memory, you can read the image data.
jpayne@68 2722 The simplest way to do this is in one function call. If you are
jpayne@68 2723 allocating enough memory to hold the whole image, you can just
jpayne@68 2724 call png_read_image() and libpng will read in all the image data
jpayne@68 2725 and put it in the memory area supplied. You will need to pass in
jpayne@68 2726 an array of pointers to each row.
jpayne@68 2727
jpayne@68 2728 This function automatically handles interlacing, so you don't
jpayne@68 2729 need to call png_set_interlace_handling() (unless you call
jpayne@68 2730 png_read_update_info()) or call this function multiple times, or any
jpayne@68 2731 of that other stuff necessary with png_read_rows().
jpayne@68 2732
jpayne@68 2733 png_read_image(png_ptr, row_pointers);
jpayne@68 2734
jpayne@68 2735 where row_pointers is:
jpayne@68 2736
jpayne@68 2737 png_bytep row_pointers[height];
jpayne@68 2738
jpayne@68 2739 You can point to void or char or whatever you use for pixels.
jpayne@68 2740
jpayne@68 2741 If you don't want to read in the whole image at once, you can
jpayne@68 2742 use png_read_rows() instead. If there is no interlacing (check
jpayne@68 2743 interlace_type == PNG_INTERLACE_NONE), this is simple:
jpayne@68 2744
jpayne@68 2745 png_read_rows(png_ptr, row_pointers, NULL,
jpayne@68 2746 number_of_rows);
jpayne@68 2747
jpayne@68 2748 where row_pointers is the same as in the png_read_image() call.
jpayne@68 2749
jpayne@68 2750 If you are doing this just one row at a time, you can do this with
jpayne@68 2751 a single row_pointer instead of an array of row_pointers:
jpayne@68 2752
jpayne@68 2753 png_bytep row_pointer = row;
jpayne@68 2754 png_read_row(png_ptr, row_pointer, NULL);
jpayne@68 2755
jpayne@68 2756 If the file is interlaced (interlace_type != 0 in the IHDR chunk), things
jpayne@68 2757 get somewhat harder. The only current (PNG Specification version 1.2)
jpayne@68 2758 interlacing type for PNG is (interlace_type == PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7);
jpayne@68 2759 a somewhat complicated 2D interlace scheme, known as Adam7, that
jpayne@68 2760 breaks down an image into seven smaller images of varying size, based
jpayne@68 2761 on an 8x8 grid. This number is defined (from libpng 1.5) as
jpayne@68 2762 PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7_PASSES in png.h
jpayne@68 2763
jpayne@68 2764 libpng can fill out those images or it can give them to you "as is".
jpayne@68 2765 It is almost always better to have libpng handle the interlacing for you.
jpayne@68 2766 If you want the images filled out, there are two ways to do that. The one
jpayne@68 2767 mentioned in the PNG specification is to expand each pixel to cover
jpayne@68 2768 those pixels that have not been read yet (the "rectangle" method).
jpayne@68 2769 This results in a blocky image for the first pass, which gradually
jpayne@68 2770 smooths out as more pixels are read. The other method is the "sparkle"
jpayne@68 2771 method, where pixels are drawn only in their final locations, with the
jpayne@68 2772 rest of the image remaining whatever colors they were initialized to
jpayne@68 2773 before the start of the read. The first method usually looks better,
jpayne@68 2774 but tends to be slower, as there are more pixels to put in the rows.
jpayne@68 2775
jpayne@68 2776 If, as is likely, you want libpng to expand the images, call this before
jpayne@68 2777 calling png_start_read_image() or png_read_update_info():
jpayne@68 2778
jpayne@68 2779 if (interlace_type == PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7)
jpayne@68 2780 number_of_passes
jpayne@68 2781 = png_set_interlace_handling(png_ptr);
jpayne@68 2782
jpayne@68 2783 This will return the number of passes needed. Currently, this is seven,
jpayne@68 2784 but may change if another interlace type is added. This function can be
jpayne@68 2785 called even if the file is not interlaced, where it will return one pass.
jpayne@68 2786 You then need to read the whole image 'number_of_passes' times. Each time
jpayne@68 2787 will distribute the pixels from the current pass to the correct place in
jpayne@68 2788 the output image, so you need to supply the same rows to png_read_rows in
jpayne@68 2789 each pass.
jpayne@68 2790
jpayne@68 2791 If you are not going to display the image after each pass, but are
jpayne@68 2792 going to wait until the entire image is read in, use the sparkle
jpayne@68 2793 effect. This effect is faster and the end result of either method
jpayne@68 2794 is exactly the same. If you are planning on displaying the image
jpayne@68 2795 after each pass, the "rectangle" effect is generally considered the
jpayne@68 2796 better looking one.
jpayne@68 2797
jpayne@68 2798 If you only want the "sparkle" effect, just call png_read_row() or
jpayne@68 2799 png_read_rows() as
jpayne@68 2800 normal, with the third parameter NULL. Make sure you make pass over
jpayne@68 2801 the image number_of_passes times, and you don't change the data in the
jpayne@68 2802 rows between calls. You can change the locations of the data, just
jpayne@68 2803 not the data. Each pass only writes the pixels appropriate for that
jpayne@68 2804 pass, and assumes the data from previous passes is still valid.
jpayne@68 2805
jpayne@68 2806 png_read_rows(png_ptr, row_pointers, NULL,
jpayne@68 2807 number_of_rows);
jpayne@68 2808 or
jpayne@68 2809 png_read_row(png_ptr, row_pointers, NULL);
jpayne@68 2810
jpayne@68 2811 If you only want the first effect (the rectangles), do the same as
jpayne@68 2812 before except pass the row buffer in the third parameter, and leave
jpayne@68 2813 the second parameter NULL.
jpayne@68 2814
jpayne@68 2815 png_read_rows(png_ptr, NULL, row_pointers,
jpayne@68 2816 number_of_rows);
jpayne@68 2817 or
jpayne@68 2818 png_read_row(png_ptr, NULL, row_pointers);
jpayne@68 2819
jpayne@68 2820 If you don't want libpng to handle the interlacing details, just call
jpayne@68 2821 png_read_rows() PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7_PASSES times to read in all the images.
jpayne@68 2822 Each of the images is a valid image by itself; however, you will almost
jpayne@68 2823 certainly need to distribute the pixels from each sub-image to the
jpayne@68 2824 correct place. This is where everything gets very tricky.
jpayne@68 2825
jpayne@68 2826 If you want to retrieve the separate images you must pass the correct
jpayne@68 2827 number of rows to each successive call of png_read_rows(). The calculation
jpayne@68 2828 gets pretty complicated for small images, where some sub-images may
jpayne@68 2829 not even exist because either their width or height ends up zero.
jpayne@68 2830 libpng provides two macros to help you in 1.5 and later versions:
jpayne@68 2831
jpayne@68 2832 png_uint_32 width = PNG_PASS_COLS(image_width, pass_number);
jpayne@68 2833 png_uint_32 height = PNG_PASS_ROWS(image_height, pass_number);
jpayne@68 2834
jpayne@68 2835 Respectively these tell you the width and height of the sub-image
jpayne@68 2836 corresponding to the numbered pass. 'pass' is in in the range 0 to 6 -
jpayne@68 2837 this can be confusing because the specification refers to the same passes
jpayne@68 2838 as 1 to 7! Be careful, you must check both the width and height before
jpayne@68 2839 calling png_read_rows() and not call it for that pass if either is zero.
jpayne@68 2840
jpayne@68 2841 You can, of course, read each sub-image row by row. If you want to
jpayne@68 2842 produce optimal code to make a pixel-by-pixel transformation of an
jpayne@68 2843 interlaced image this is the best approach; read each row of each pass,
jpayne@68 2844 transform it, and write it out to a new interlaced image.
jpayne@68 2845
jpayne@68 2846 If you want to de-interlace the image yourself libpng provides further
jpayne@68 2847 macros to help that tell you where to place the pixels in the output image.
jpayne@68 2848 Because the interlacing scheme is rectangular - sub-image pixels are always
jpayne@68 2849 arranged on a rectangular grid - all you need to know for each pass is the
jpayne@68 2850 starting column and row in the output image of the first pixel plus the
jpayne@68 2851 spacing between each pixel. As of libpng 1.5 there are four macros to
jpayne@68 2852 retrieve this information:
jpayne@68 2853
jpayne@68 2854 png_uint_32 x = PNG_PASS_START_COL(pass);
jpayne@68 2855 png_uint_32 y = PNG_PASS_START_ROW(pass);
jpayne@68 2856 png_uint_32 xStep = 1U << PNG_PASS_COL_SHIFT(pass);
jpayne@68 2857 png_uint_32 yStep = 1U << PNG_PASS_ROW_SHIFT(pass);
jpayne@68 2858
jpayne@68 2859 These allow you to write the obvious loop:
jpayne@68 2860
jpayne@68 2861 png_uint_32 input_y = 0;
jpayne@68 2862 png_uint_32 output_y = PNG_PASS_START_ROW(pass);
jpayne@68 2863
jpayne@68 2864 while (output_y < output_image_height)
jpayne@68 2865 {
jpayne@68 2866 png_uint_32 input_x = 0;
jpayne@68 2867 png_uint_32 output_x = PNG_PASS_START_COL(pass);
jpayne@68 2868
jpayne@68 2869 while (output_x < output_image_width)
jpayne@68 2870 {
jpayne@68 2871 image[output_y][output_x] =
jpayne@68 2872 subimage[pass][input_y][input_x++];
jpayne@68 2873
jpayne@68 2874 output_x += xStep;
jpayne@68 2875 }
jpayne@68 2876
jpayne@68 2877 ++input_y;
jpayne@68 2878 output_y += yStep;
jpayne@68 2879 }
jpayne@68 2880
jpayne@68 2881 Notice that the steps between successive output rows and columns are
jpayne@68 2882 returned as shifts. This is possible because the pixels in the subimages
jpayne@68 2883 are always a power of 2 apart - 1, 2, 4 or 8 pixels - in the original
jpayne@68 2884 image. In practice you may need to directly calculate the output coordinate
jpayne@68 2885 given an input coordinate. libpng provides two further macros for this
jpayne@68 2886 purpose:
jpayne@68 2887
jpayne@68 2888 png_uint_32 output_x = PNG_COL_FROM_PASS_COL(input_x, pass);
jpayne@68 2889 png_uint_32 output_y = PNG_ROW_FROM_PASS_ROW(input_y, pass);
jpayne@68 2890
jpayne@68 2891 Finally a pair of macros are provided to tell you if a particular image
jpayne@68 2892 row or column appears in a given pass:
jpayne@68 2893
jpayne@68 2894 int col_in_pass = PNG_COL_IN_INTERLACE_PASS(output_x, pass);
jpayne@68 2895 int row_in_pass = PNG_ROW_IN_INTERLACE_PASS(output_y, pass);
jpayne@68 2896
jpayne@68 2897 Bear in mind that you will probably also need to check the width and height
jpayne@68 2898 of the pass in addition to the above to be sure the pass even exists!
jpayne@68 2899
jpayne@68 2900 With any luck you are convinced by now that you don't want to do your own
jpayne@68 2901 interlace handling. In reality normally the only good reason for doing this
jpayne@68 2902 is if you are processing PNG files on a pixel-by-pixel basis and don't want
jpayne@68 2903 to load the whole file into memory when it is interlaced.
jpayne@68 2904
jpayne@68 2905 libpng includes a test program, pngvalid, that illustrates reading and
jpayne@68 2906 writing of interlaced images. If you can't get interlacing to work in your
jpayne@68 2907 code and don't want to leave it to libpng (the recommended approach), see
jpayne@68 2908 how pngvalid.c does it.
jpayne@68 2909
jpayne@68 2910 .SS Finishing a sequential read
jpayne@68 2911
jpayne@68 2912 After you are finished reading the image through the
jpayne@68 2913 low-level interface, you can finish reading the file.
jpayne@68 2914
jpayne@68 2915 If you want to use a different crc action for handling CRC errors in
jpayne@68 2916 chunks after the image data, you can call png_set_crc_action()
jpayne@68 2917 again at this point.
jpayne@68 2918
jpayne@68 2919 If you are interested in comments or time, which may be stored either
jpayne@68 2920 before or after the image data, you should pass the separate png_info
jpayne@68 2921 struct if you want to keep the comments from before and after the image
jpayne@68 2922 separate.
jpayne@68 2923
jpayne@68 2924 png_infop end_info = png_create_info_struct(png_ptr);
jpayne@68 2925
jpayne@68 2926 if (!end_info)
jpayne@68 2927 {
jpayne@68 2928 png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr, NULL);
jpayne@68 2929 return ERROR;
jpayne@68 2930 }
jpayne@68 2931
jpayne@68 2932 png_read_end(png_ptr, end_info);
jpayne@68 2933
jpayne@68 2934 If you are not interested, you should still call png_read_end()
jpayne@68 2935 but you can pass NULL, avoiding the need to create an end_info structure.
jpayne@68 2936 If you do this, libpng will not process any chunks after IDAT other than
jpayne@68 2937 skipping over them and perhaps (depending on whether you have called
jpayne@68 2938 png_set_crc_action) checking their CRCs while looking for the IEND chunk.
jpayne@68 2939
jpayne@68 2940 png_read_end(png_ptr, NULL);
jpayne@68 2941
jpayne@68 2942 If you don't call png_read_end(), then your file pointer will be
jpayne@68 2943 left pointing to the first chunk after the last IDAT, which is probably
jpayne@68 2944 not what you want if you expect to read something beyond the end of
jpayne@68 2945 the PNG datastream.
jpayne@68 2946
jpayne@68 2947 When you are done, you can free all memory allocated by libpng like this:
jpayne@68 2948
jpayne@68 2949 png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr, &end_info);
jpayne@68 2950
jpayne@68 2951 or, if you didn't create an end_info structure,
jpayne@68 2952
jpayne@68 2953 png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr, NULL);
jpayne@68 2954
jpayne@68 2955 It is also possible to individually free the info_ptr members that
jpayne@68 2956 point to libpng-allocated storage with the following function:
jpayne@68 2957
jpayne@68 2958 png_free_data(png_ptr, info_ptr, mask, seq)
jpayne@68 2959
jpayne@68 2960 mask - identifies data to be freed, a mask
jpayne@68 2961 containing the bitwise OR of one or
jpayne@68 2962 more of
jpayne@68 2963 PNG_FREE_PLTE, PNG_FREE_TRNS,
jpayne@68 2964 PNG_FREE_HIST, PNG_FREE_ICCP,
jpayne@68 2965 PNG_FREE_PCAL, PNG_FREE_ROWS,
jpayne@68 2966 PNG_FREE_SCAL, PNG_FREE_SPLT,
jpayne@68 2967 PNG_FREE_TEXT, PNG_FREE_UNKN,
jpayne@68 2968 or simply PNG_FREE_ALL
jpayne@68 2969
jpayne@68 2970 seq - sequence number of item to be freed
jpayne@68 2971 (\-1 for all items)
jpayne@68 2972
jpayne@68 2973 This function may be safely called when the relevant storage has
jpayne@68 2974 already been freed, or has not yet been allocated, or was allocated
jpayne@68 2975 by the user and not by libpng, and will in those cases do nothing.
jpayne@68 2976 The "seq" parameter is ignored if only one item of the selected data
jpayne@68 2977 type, such as PLTE, is allowed. If "seq" is not \-1, and multiple items
jpayne@68 2978 are allowed for the data type identified in the mask, such as text or
jpayne@68 2979 sPLT, only the n'th item in the structure is freed, where n is "seq".
jpayne@68 2980
jpayne@68 2981 The default behavior is only to free data that was allocated internally
jpayne@68 2982 by libpng. This can be changed, so that libpng will not free the data,
jpayne@68 2983 or so that it will free data that was allocated by the user with png_malloc()
jpayne@68 2984 or png_calloc() and passed in via a png_set_*() function, with
jpayne@68 2985
jpayne@68 2986 png_data_freer(png_ptr, info_ptr, freer, mask)
jpayne@68 2987
jpayne@68 2988 freer - one of
jpayne@68 2989 PNG_DESTROY_WILL_FREE_DATA
jpayne@68 2990 PNG_SET_WILL_FREE_DATA
jpayne@68 2991 PNG_USER_WILL_FREE_DATA
jpayne@68 2992
jpayne@68 2993 mask - which data elements are affected
jpayne@68 2994 same choices as in png_free_data()
jpayne@68 2995
jpayne@68 2996 This function only affects data that has already been allocated.
jpayne@68 2997 You can call this function after reading the PNG data but before calling
jpayne@68 2998 any png_set_*() functions, to control whether the user or the png_set_*()
jpayne@68 2999 function is responsible for freeing any existing data that might be present,
jpayne@68 3000 and again after the png_set_*() functions to control whether the user
jpayne@68 3001 or png_destroy_*() is supposed to free the data. When the user assumes
jpayne@68 3002 responsibility for libpng-allocated data, the application must use
jpayne@68 3003 png_free() to free it, and when the user transfers responsibility to libpng
jpayne@68 3004 for data that the user has allocated, the user must have used png_malloc()
jpayne@68 3005 or png_calloc() to allocate it.
jpayne@68 3006
jpayne@68 3007 If you allocated your row_pointers in a single block, as suggested above in
jpayne@68 3008 the description of the high level read interface, you must not transfer
jpayne@68 3009 responsibility for freeing it to the png_set_rows or png_read_destroy function,
jpayne@68 3010 because they would also try to free the individual row_pointers[i].
jpayne@68 3011
jpayne@68 3012 If you allocated text_ptr.text, text_ptr.lang, and text_ptr.translated_keyword
jpayne@68 3013 separately, do not transfer responsibility for freeing text_ptr to libpng,
jpayne@68 3014 because when libpng fills a png_text structure it combines these members with
jpayne@68 3015 the key member, and png_free_data() will free only text_ptr.key. Similarly,
jpayne@68 3016 if you transfer responsibility for free'ing text_ptr from libpng to your
jpayne@68 3017 application, your application must not separately free those members.
jpayne@68 3018
jpayne@68 3019 The png_free_data() function will turn off the "valid" flag for anything
jpayne@68 3020 it frees. If you need to turn the flag off for a chunk that was freed by
jpayne@68 3021 your application instead of by libpng, you can use
jpayne@68 3022
jpayne@68 3023 png_set_invalid(png_ptr, info_ptr, mask);
jpayne@68 3024
jpayne@68 3025 mask - identifies the chunks to be made invalid,
jpayne@68 3026 containing the bitwise OR of one or
jpayne@68 3027 more of
jpayne@68 3028 PNG_INFO_gAMA, PNG_INFO_sBIT,
jpayne@68 3029 PNG_INFO_cHRM, PNG_INFO_PLTE,
jpayne@68 3030 PNG_INFO_tRNS, PNG_INFO_bKGD,
jpayne@68 3031 PNG_INFO_eXIf,
jpayne@68 3032 PNG_INFO_hIST, PNG_INFO_pHYs,
jpayne@68 3033 PNG_INFO_oFFs, PNG_INFO_tIME,
jpayne@68 3034 PNG_INFO_pCAL, PNG_INFO_sRGB,
jpayne@68 3035 PNG_INFO_iCCP, PNG_INFO_sPLT,
jpayne@68 3036 PNG_INFO_sCAL, PNG_INFO_IDAT
jpayne@68 3037
jpayne@68 3038 For a more compact example of reading a PNG image, see the file example.c.
jpayne@68 3039
jpayne@68 3040 .SS Reading PNG files progressively
jpayne@68 3041
jpayne@68 3042 The progressive reader is slightly different from the non-progressive
jpayne@68 3043 reader. Instead of calling png_read_info(), png_read_rows(), and
jpayne@68 3044 png_read_end(), you make one call to png_process_data(), which calls
jpayne@68 3045 callbacks when it has the info, a row, or the end of the image. You
jpayne@68 3046 set up these callbacks with png_set_progressive_read_fn(). You don't
jpayne@68 3047 have to worry about the input/output functions of libpng, as you are
jpayne@68 3048 giving the library the data directly in png_process_data(). I will
jpayne@68 3049 assume that you have read the section on reading PNG files above,
jpayne@68 3050 so I will only highlight the differences (although I will show
jpayne@68 3051 all of the code).
jpayne@68 3052
jpayne@68 3053 png_structp png_ptr;
jpayne@68 3054 png_infop info_ptr;
jpayne@68 3055
jpayne@68 3056 /* An example code fragment of how you would
jpayne@68 3057 initialize the progressive reader in your
jpayne@68 3058 application. */
jpayne@68 3059 int
jpayne@68 3060 initialize_png_reader()
jpayne@68 3061 {
jpayne@68 3062 png_ptr = png_create_read_struct
jpayne@68 3063 (PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, (png_voidp)user_error_ptr,
jpayne@68 3064 user_error_fn, user_warning_fn);
jpayne@68 3065
jpayne@68 3066 if (!png_ptr)
jpayne@68 3067 return ERROR;
jpayne@68 3068
jpayne@68 3069 info_ptr = png_create_info_struct(png_ptr);
jpayne@68 3070
jpayne@68 3071 if (!info_ptr)
jpayne@68 3072 {
jpayne@68 3073 png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, NULL, NULL);
jpayne@68 3074 return ERROR;
jpayne@68 3075 }
jpayne@68 3076
jpayne@68 3077 if (setjmp(png_jmpbuf(png_ptr)))
jpayne@68 3078 {
jpayne@68 3079 png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr, NULL);
jpayne@68 3080 return ERROR;
jpayne@68 3081 }
jpayne@68 3082
jpayne@68 3083 /* This one's new. You can provide functions
jpayne@68 3084 to be called when the header info is valid,
jpayne@68 3085 when each row is completed, and when the image
jpayne@68 3086 is finished. If you aren't using all functions,
jpayne@68 3087 you can specify NULL parameters. Even when all
jpayne@68 3088 three functions are NULL, you need to call
jpayne@68 3089 png_set_progressive_read_fn(). You can use
jpayne@68 3090 any struct as the user_ptr (cast to a void pointer
jpayne@68 3091 for the function call), and retrieve the pointer
jpayne@68 3092 from inside the callbacks using the function
jpayne@68 3093
jpayne@68 3094 png_get_progressive_ptr(png_ptr);
jpayne@68 3095
jpayne@68 3096 which will return a void pointer, which you have
jpayne@68 3097 to cast appropriately.
jpayne@68 3098 */
jpayne@68 3099 png_set_progressive_read_fn(png_ptr, (void *)user_ptr,
jpayne@68 3100 info_callback, row_callback, end_callback);
jpayne@68 3101
jpayne@68 3102 return 0;
jpayne@68 3103 }
jpayne@68 3104
jpayne@68 3105 /* A code fragment that you call as you receive blocks
jpayne@68 3106 of data */
jpayne@68 3107 int
jpayne@68 3108 process_data(png_bytep buffer, png_uint_32 length)
jpayne@68 3109 {
jpayne@68 3110 if (setjmp(png_jmpbuf(png_ptr)))
jpayne@68 3111 {
jpayne@68 3112 png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr, NULL);
jpayne@68 3113 return ERROR;
jpayne@68 3114 }
jpayne@68 3115
jpayne@68 3116 /* This one's new also. Simply give it a chunk
jpayne@68 3117 of data from the file stream (in order, of
jpayne@68 3118 course). On machines with segmented memory
jpayne@68 3119 models machines, don't give it any more than
jpayne@68 3120 64K. The library seems to run fine with sizes
jpayne@68 3121 of 4K. Although you can give it much less if
jpayne@68 3122 necessary (I assume you can give it chunks of
jpayne@68 3123 1 byte, I haven't tried less than 256 bytes
jpayne@68 3124 yet). When this function returns, you may
jpayne@68 3125 want to display any rows that were generated
jpayne@68 3126 in the row callback if you don't already do
jpayne@68 3127 so there.
jpayne@68 3128 */
jpayne@68 3129 png_process_data(png_ptr, info_ptr, buffer, length);
jpayne@68 3130
jpayne@68 3131 /* At this point you can call png_process_data_skip if
jpayne@68 3132 you want to handle data the library will skip yourself;
jpayne@68 3133 it simply returns the number of bytes to skip (and stops
jpayne@68 3134 libpng skipping that number of bytes on the next
jpayne@68 3135 png_process_data call).
jpayne@68 3136 return 0;
jpayne@68 3137 }
jpayne@68 3138
jpayne@68 3139 /* This function is called (as set by
jpayne@68 3140 png_set_progressive_read_fn() above) when enough data
jpayne@68 3141 has been supplied so all of the header has been
jpayne@68 3142 read.
jpayne@68 3143 */
jpayne@68 3144 void
jpayne@68 3145 info_callback(png_structp png_ptr, png_infop info)
jpayne@68 3146 {
jpayne@68 3147 /* Do any setup here, including setting any of
jpayne@68 3148 the transformations mentioned in the Reading
jpayne@68 3149 PNG files section. For now, you _must_ call
jpayne@68 3150 either png_start_read_image() or
jpayne@68 3151 png_read_update_info() after all the
jpayne@68 3152 transformations are set (even if you don't set
jpayne@68 3153 any). You may start getting rows before
jpayne@68 3154 png_process_data() returns, so this is your
jpayne@68 3155 last chance to prepare for that.
jpayne@68 3156
jpayne@68 3157 This is where you turn on interlace handling,
jpayne@68 3158 assuming you don't want to do it yourself.
jpayne@68 3159
jpayne@68 3160 If you need to you can stop the processing of
jpayne@68 3161 your original input data at this point by calling
jpayne@68 3162 png_process_data_pause. This returns the number
jpayne@68 3163 of unprocessed bytes from the last png_process_data
jpayne@68 3164 call - it is up to you to ensure that the next call
jpayne@68 3165 sees these bytes again. If you don't want to bother
jpayne@68 3166 with this you can get libpng to cache the unread
jpayne@68 3167 bytes by setting the 'save' parameter (see png.h) but
jpayne@68 3168 then libpng will have to copy the data internally.
jpayne@68 3169 */
jpayne@68 3170 }
jpayne@68 3171
jpayne@68 3172 /* This function is called when each row of image
jpayne@68 3173 data is complete */
jpayne@68 3174 void
jpayne@68 3175 row_callback(png_structp png_ptr, png_bytep new_row,
jpayne@68 3176 png_uint_32 row_num, int pass)
jpayne@68 3177 {
jpayne@68 3178 /* If the image is interlaced, and you turned
jpayne@68 3179 on the interlace handler, this function will
jpayne@68 3180 be called for every row in every pass. Some
jpayne@68 3181 of these rows will not be changed from the
jpayne@68 3182 previous pass. When the row is not changed,
jpayne@68 3183 the new_row variable will be NULL. The rows
jpayne@68 3184 and passes are called in order, so you don't
jpayne@68 3185 really need the row_num and pass, but I'm
jpayne@68 3186 supplying them because it may make your life
jpayne@68 3187 easier.
jpayne@68 3188
jpayne@68 3189 If you did not turn on interlace handling then
jpayne@68 3190 the callback is called for each row of each
jpayne@68 3191 sub-image when the image is interlaced. In this
jpayne@68 3192 case 'row_num' is the row in the sub-image, not
jpayne@68 3193 the row in the output image as it is in all other
jpayne@68 3194 cases.
jpayne@68 3195
jpayne@68 3196 For the non-NULL rows of interlaced images when
jpayne@68 3197 you have switched on libpng interlace handling,
jpayne@68 3198 you must call png_progressive_combine_row()
jpayne@68 3199 passing in the row and the old row. You can
jpayne@68 3200 call this function for NULL rows (it will just
jpayne@68 3201 return) and for non-interlaced images (it just
jpayne@68 3202 does the memcpy for you) if it will make the
jpayne@68 3203 code easier. Thus, you can just do this for
jpayne@68 3204 all cases if you switch on interlace handling;
jpayne@68 3205 */
jpayne@68 3206
jpayne@68 3207 png_progressive_combine_row(png_ptr, old_row,
jpayne@68 3208 new_row);
jpayne@68 3209
jpayne@68 3210 /* where old_row is what was displayed
jpayne@68 3211 previously for the row. Note that the first
jpayne@68 3212 pass (pass == 0, really) will completely cover
jpayne@68 3213 the old row, so the rows do not have to be
jpayne@68 3214 initialized. After the first pass (and only
jpayne@68 3215 for interlaced images), you will have to pass
jpayne@68 3216 the current row, and the function will combine
jpayne@68 3217 the old row and the new row.
jpayne@68 3218
jpayne@68 3219 You can also call png_process_data_pause in this
jpayne@68 3220 callback - see above.
jpayne@68 3221 */
jpayne@68 3222 }
jpayne@68 3223
jpayne@68 3224 void
jpayne@68 3225 end_callback(png_structp png_ptr, png_infop info)
jpayne@68 3226 {
jpayne@68 3227 /* This function is called after the whole image
jpayne@68 3228 has been read, including any chunks after the
jpayne@68 3229 image (up to and including the IEND). You
jpayne@68 3230 will usually have the same info chunk as you
jpayne@68 3231 had in the header, although some data may have
jpayne@68 3232 been added to the comments and time fields.
jpayne@68 3233
jpayne@68 3234 Most people won't do much here, perhaps setting
jpayne@68 3235 a flag that marks the image as finished.
jpayne@68 3236 */
jpayne@68 3237 }
jpayne@68 3238
jpayne@68 3239
jpayne@68 3240
jpayne@68 3241 .SH IV. Writing
jpayne@68 3242
jpayne@68 3243 Much of this is very similar to reading. However, everything of
jpayne@68 3244 importance is repeated here, so you won't have to constantly look
jpayne@68 3245 back up in the reading section to understand writing.
jpayne@68 3246
jpayne@68 3247 .SS Setup
jpayne@68 3248
jpayne@68 3249 You will want to do the I/O initialization before you get into libpng,
jpayne@68 3250 so if it doesn't work, you don't have anything to undo. If you are not
jpayne@68 3251 using the standard I/O functions, you will need to replace them with
jpayne@68 3252 custom writing functions. See the discussion under Customizing libpng.
jpayne@68 3253
jpayne@68 3254 FILE *fp = fopen(file_name, "wb");
jpayne@68 3255
jpayne@68 3256 if (!fp)
jpayne@68 3257 return ERROR;
jpayne@68 3258
jpayne@68 3259 Next, png_struct and png_info need to be allocated and initialized.
jpayne@68 3260 As these can be both relatively large, you may not want to store these
jpayne@68 3261 on the stack, unless you have stack space to spare. Of course, you
jpayne@68 3262 will want to check if they return NULL. If you are also reading,
jpayne@68 3263 you won't want to name your read structure and your write structure
jpayne@68 3264 both "png_ptr"; you can call them anything you like, such as
jpayne@68 3265 "read_ptr" and "write_ptr". Look at pngtest.c, for example.
jpayne@68 3266
jpayne@68 3267 png_structp png_ptr = png_create_write_struct
jpayne@68 3268 (PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, (png_voidp)user_error_ptr,
jpayne@68 3269 user_error_fn, user_warning_fn);
jpayne@68 3270
jpayne@68 3271 if (!png_ptr)
jpayne@68 3272 return ERROR;
jpayne@68 3273
jpayne@68 3274 png_infop info_ptr = png_create_info_struct(png_ptr);
jpayne@68 3275 if (!info_ptr)
jpayne@68 3276 {
jpayne@68 3277 png_destroy_write_struct(&png_ptr, NULL);
jpayne@68 3278 return ERROR;
jpayne@68 3279 }
jpayne@68 3280
jpayne@68 3281 If you want to use your own memory allocation routines,
jpayne@68 3282 define PNG_USER_MEM_SUPPORTED and use
jpayne@68 3283 png_create_write_struct_2() instead of png_create_write_struct():
jpayne@68 3284
jpayne@68 3285 png_structp png_ptr = png_create_write_struct_2
jpayne@68 3286 (PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, (png_voidp)user_error_ptr,
jpayne@68 3287 user_error_fn, user_warning_fn, (png_voidp)
jpayne@68 3288 user_mem_ptr, user_malloc_fn, user_free_fn);
jpayne@68 3289
jpayne@68 3290 After you have these structures, you will need to set up the
jpayne@68 3291 error handling. When libpng encounters an error, it expects to
jpayne@68 3292 longjmp() back to your routine. Therefore, you will need to call
jpayne@68 3293 setjmp() and pass the png_jmpbuf(png_ptr). If you
jpayne@68 3294 write the file from different routines, you will need to update
jpayne@68 3295 the png_jmpbuf(png_ptr) every time you enter a new routine that will
jpayne@68 3296 call a png_*() function. See your documentation of setjmp/longjmp
jpayne@68 3297 for your compiler for more information on setjmp/longjmp. See
jpayne@68 3298 the discussion on libpng error handling in the Customizing Libpng
jpayne@68 3299 section below for more information on the libpng error handling.
jpayne@68 3300
jpayne@68 3301 if (setjmp(png_jmpbuf(png_ptr)))
jpayne@68 3302 {
jpayne@68 3303 png_destroy_write_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr);
jpayne@68 3304 fclose(fp);
jpayne@68 3305 return ERROR;
jpayne@68 3306 }
jpayne@68 3307 ...
jpayne@68 3308 return;
jpayne@68 3309
jpayne@68 3310 If you would rather avoid the complexity of setjmp/longjmp issues,
jpayne@68 3311 you can compile libpng with PNG_NO_SETJMP, in which case
jpayne@68 3312 errors will result in a call to PNG_ABORT() which defaults to abort().
jpayne@68 3313
jpayne@68 3314 You can #define PNG_ABORT() to a function that does something
jpayne@68 3315 more useful than abort(), as long as your function does not
jpayne@68 3316 return.
jpayne@68 3317
jpayne@68 3318 Checking for invalid palette index on write was added at libpng
jpayne@68 3319 1.5.10. If a pixel contains an invalid (out-of-range) index libpng issues
jpayne@68 3320 a benign error. This is enabled by default because this condition is an
jpayne@68 3321 error according to the PNG specification, Clause 11.3.2, but the error can
jpayne@68 3322 be ignored in each png_ptr with
jpayne@68 3323
jpayne@68 3324 png_set_check_for_invalid_index(png_ptr, 0);
jpayne@68 3325
jpayne@68 3326 If the error is ignored, or if png_benign_error() treats it as a warning,
jpayne@68 3327 any invalid pixels are written as-is by the encoder, resulting in an
jpayne@68 3328 invalid PNG datastream as output. In this case the application is
jpayne@68 3329 responsible for ensuring that the pixel indexes are in range when it writes
jpayne@68 3330 a PLTE chunk with fewer entries than the bit depth would allow.
jpayne@68 3331
jpayne@68 3332 Now you need to set up the output code. The default for libpng is to
jpayne@68 3333 use the C function fwrite(). If you use this, you will need to pass a
jpayne@68 3334 valid FILE * in the function png_init_io(). Be sure that the file is
jpayne@68 3335 opened in binary mode. Again, if you wish to handle writing data in
jpayne@68 3336 another way, see the discussion on libpng I/O handling in the Customizing
jpayne@68 3337 Libpng section below.
jpayne@68 3338
jpayne@68 3339 png_init_io(png_ptr, fp);
jpayne@68 3340
jpayne@68 3341 If you are embedding your PNG into a datastream such as MNG, and don't
jpayne@68 3342 want libpng to write the 8-byte signature, or if you have already
jpayne@68 3343 written the signature in your application, use
jpayne@68 3344
jpayne@68 3345 png_set_sig_bytes(png_ptr, 8);
jpayne@68 3346
jpayne@68 3347 to inform libpng that it should not write a signature.
jpayne@68 3348
jpayne@68 3349 .SS Write callbacks
jpayne@68 3350
jpayne@68 3351 At this point, you can set up a callback function that will be
jpayne@68 3352 called after each row has been written, which you can use to control
jpayne@68 3353 a progress meter or the like. It's demonstrated in pngtest.c.
jpayne@68 3354 You must supply a function
jpayne@68 3355
jpayne@68 3356 void write_row_callback(png_structp png_ptr, png_uint_32 row,
jpayne@68 3357 int pass)
jpayne@68 3358 {
jpayne@68 3359 /* put your code here */
jpayne@68 3360 }
jpayne@68 3361
jpayne@68 3362 (You can give it another name that you like instead of "write_row_callback")
jpayne@68 3363
jpayne@68 3364 To inform libpng about your function, use
jpayne@68 3365
jpayne@68 3366 png_set_write_status_fn(png_ptr, write_row_callback);
jpayne@68 3367
jpayne@68 3368 When this function is called the row has already been completely processed and
jpayne@68 3369 it has also been written out. The 'row' and 'pass' refer to the next row to be
jpayne@68 3370 handled. For the
jpayne@68 3371 non-interlaced case the row that was just handled is simply one less than the
jpayne@68 3372 passed in row number, and pass will always be 0. For the interlaced case the
jpayne@68 3373 same applies unless the row value is 0, in which case the row just handled was
jpayne@68 3374 the last one from one of the preceding passes. Because interlacing may skip a
jpayne@68 3375 pass you cannot be sure that the preceding pass is just 'pass\-1', if you really
jpayne@68 3376 need to know what the last pass is record (row,pass) from the callback and use
jpayne@68 3377 the last recorded value each time.
jpayne@68 3378
jpayne@68 3379 As with the user transform you can find the output row using the
jpayne@68 3380 PNG_ROW_FROM_PASS_ROW macro.
jpayne@68 3381
jpayne@68 3382 You now have the option of modifying how the compression library will
jpayne@68 3383 run. The following functions are mainly for testing, but may be useful
jpayne@68 3384 in some cases, like if you need to write PNG files extremely fast and
jpayne@68 3385 are willing to give up some compression, or if you want to get the
jpayne@68 3386 maximum possible compression at the expense of slower writing. If you
jpayne@68 3387 have no special needs in this area, let the library do what it wants by
jpayne@68 3388 not calling this function at all, as it has been tuned to deliver a good
jpayne@68 3389 speed/compression ratio. The second parameter to png_set_filter() is
jpayne@68 3390 the filter method, for which the only valid values are 0 (as of the
jpayne@68 3391 July 1999 PNG specification, version 1.2) or 64 (if you are writing
jpayne@68 3392 a PNG datastream that is to be embedded in a MNG datastream). The third
jpayne@68 3393 parameter is a flag that indicates which filter type(s) are to be tested
jpayne@68 3394 for each scanline. See the PNG specification for details on the specific
jpayne@68 3395 filter types.
jpayne@68 3396
jpayne@68 3397
jpayne@68 3398 /* turn on or off filtering, and/or choose
jpayne@68 3399 specific filters. You can use either a single
jpayne@68 3400 PNG_FILTER_VALUE_NAME or the bitwise OR of one
jpayne@68 3401 or more PNG_FILTER_NAME masks.
jpayne@68 3402 */
jpayne@68 3403 png_set_filter(png_ptr, 0,
jpayne@68 3404 PNG_FILTER_NONE | PNG_FILTER_VALUE_NONE |
jpayne@68 3405 PNG_FILTER_SUB | PNG_FILTER_VALUE_SUB |
jpayne@68 3406 PNG_FILTER_UP | PNG_FILTER_VALUE_UP |
jpayne@68 3407 PNG_FILTER_AVG | PNG_FILTER_VALUE_AVG |
jpayne@68 3408 PNG_FILTER_PAETH | PNG_FILTER_VALUE_PAETH|
jpayne@68 3409 PNG_ALL_FILTERS | PNG_FAST_FILTERS);
jpayne@68 3410
jpayne@68 3411 If an application wants to start and stop using particular filters during
jpayne@68 3412 compression, it should start out with all of the filters (to ensure that
jpayne@68 3413 the previous row of pixels will be stored in case it's needed later),
jpayne@68 3414 and then add and remove them after the start of compression.
jpayne@68 3415
jpayne@68 3416 If you are writing a PNG datastream that is to be embedded in a MNG
jpayne@68 3417 datastream, the second parameter can be either 0 or 64.
jpayne@68 3418
jpayne@68 3419 The png_set_compression_*() functions interface to the zlib compression
jpayne@68 3420 library, and should mostly be ignored unless you really know what you are
jpayne@68 3421 doing. The only generally useful call is png_set_compression_level()
jpayne@68 3422 which changes how much time zlib spends on trying to compress the image
jpayne@68 3423 data. See the Compression Library (zlib.h and algorithm.txt, distributed
jpayne@68 3424 with zlib) for details on the compression levels.
jpayne@68 3425
jpayne@68 3426 #include zlib.h
jpayne@68 3427
jpayne@68 3428 /* Set the zlib compression level */
jpayne@68 3429 png_set_compression_level(png_ptr,
jpayne@68 3430 Z_BEST_COMPRESSION);
jpayne@68 3431
jpayne@68 3432 /* Set other zlib parameters for compressing IDAT */
jpayne@68 3433 png_set_compression_mem_level(png_ptr, 8);
jpayne@68 3434 png_set_compression_strategy(png_ptr,
jpayne@68 3435 Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY);
jpayne@68 3436 png_set_compression_window_bits(png_ptr, 15);
jpayne@68 3437 png_set_compression_method(png_ptr, 8);
jpayne@68 3438 png_set_compression_buffer_size(png_ptr, 8192)
jpayne@68 3439
jpayne@68 3440 /* Set zlib parameters for text compression
jpayne@68 3441 * If you don't call these, the parameters
jpayne@68 3442 * fall back on those defined for IDAT chunks
jpayne@68 3443 */
jpayne@68 3444 png_set_text_compression_mem_level(png_ptr, 8);
jpayne@68 3445 png_set_text_compression_strategy(png_ptr,
jpayne@68 3446 Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY);
jpayne@68 3447 png_set_text_compression_window_bits(png_ptr, 15);
jpayne@68 3448 png_set_text_compression_method(png_ptr, 8);
jpayne@68 3449
jpayne@68 3450 .SS Setting the contents of info for output
jpayne@68 3451
jpayne@68 3452 You now need to fill in the png_info structure with all the data you
jpayne@68 3453 wish to write before the actual image. Note that the only thing you
jpayne@68 3454 are allowed to write after the image is the text chunks and the time
jpayne@68 3455 chunk (as of PNG Specification 1.2, anyway). See png_write_end() and
jpayne@68 3456 the latest PNG specification for more information on that. If you
jpayne@68 3457 wish to write them before the image, fill them in now, and flag that
jpayne@68 3458 data as being valid. If you want to wait until after the data, don't
jpayne@68 3459 fill them until png_write_end(). For all the fields in png_info and
jpayne@68 3460 their data types, see png.h. For explanations of what the fields
jpayne@68 3461 contain, see the PNG specification.
jpayne@68 3462
jpayne@68 3463 Some of the more important parts of the png_info are:
jpayne@68 3464
jpayne@68 3465 png_set_IHDR(png_ptr, info_ptr, width, height,
jpayne@68 3466 bit_depth, color_type, interlace_type,
jpayne@68 3467 compression_type, filter_method)
jpayne@68 3468
jpayne@68 3469 width - holds the width of the image
jpayne@68 3470 in pixels (up to 2^31).
jpayne@68 3471
jpayne@68 3472 height - holds the height of the image
jpayne@68 3473 in pixels (up to 2^31).
jpayne@68 3474
jpayne@68 3475 bit_depth - holds the bit depth of one of the
jpayne@68 3476 image channels.
jpayne@68 3477 (valid values are 1, 2, 4, 8, 16
jpayne@68 3478 and depend also on the
jpayne@68 3479 color_type. See also significant
jpayne@68 3480 bits (sBIT) below).
jpayne@68 3481
jpayne@68 3482 color_type - describes which color/alpha
jpayne@68 3483 channels are present.
jpayne@68 3484 PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY
jpayne@68 3485 (bit depths 1, 2, 4, 8, 16)
jpayne@68 3486 PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY_ALPHA
jpayne@68 3487 (bit depths 8, 16)
jpayne@68 3488 PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE
jpayne@68 3489 (bit depths 1, 2, 4, 8)
jpayne@68 3490 PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB
jpayne@68 3491 (bit_depths 8, 16)
jpayne@68 3492 PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA
jpayne@68 3493 (bit_depths 8, 16)
jpayne@68 3494
jpayne@68 3495 PNG_COLOR_MASK_PALETTE
jpayne@68 3496 PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR
jpayne@68 3497 PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA
jpayne@68 3498
jpayne@68 3499 interlace_type - PNG_INTERLACE_NONE or
jpayne@68 3500 PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7
jpayne@68 3501
jpayne@68 3502 compression_type - (must be
jpayne@68 3503 PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_DEFAULT)
jpayne@68 3504
jpayne@68 3505 filter_method - (must be PNG_FILTER_TYPE_DEFAULT
jpayne@68 3506 or, if you are writing a PNG to
jpayne@68 3507 be embedded in a MNG datastream,
jpayne@68 3508 can also be
jpayne@68 3509 PNG_INTRAPIXEL_DIFFERENCING)
jpayne@68 3510
jpayne@68 3511 If you call png_set_IHDR(), the call must appear before any of the
jpayne@68 3512 other png_set_*() functions, because they might require access to some of
jpayne@68 3513 the IHDR settings. The remaining png_set_*() functions can be called
jpayne@68 3514 in any order.
jpayne@68 3515
jpayne@68 3516 If you wish, you can reset the compression_type, interlace_type, or
jpayne@68 3517 filter_method later by calling png_set_IHDR() again; if you do this, the
jpayne@68 3518 width, height, bit_depth, and color_type must be the same in each call.
jpayne@68 3519
jpayne@68 3520 png_set_PLTE(png_ptr, info_ptr, palette,
jpayne@68 3521 num_palette);
jpayne@68 3522
jpayne@68 3523 palette - the palette for the file
jpayne@68 3524 (array of png_color)
jpayne@68 3525 num_palette - number of entries in the palette
jpayne@68 3526
jpayne@68 3527
jpayne@68 3528 png_set_gAMA(png_ptr, info_ptr, file_gamma);
jpayne@68 3529 png_set_gAMA_fixed(png_ptr, info_ptr, int_file_gamma);
jpayne@68 3530
jpayne@68 3531 file_gamma - the gamma at which the image was
jpayne@68 3532 created (PNG_INFO_gAMA)
jpayne@68 3533
jpayne@68 3534 int_file_gamma - 100,000 times the gamma at which
jpayne@68 3535 the image was created
jpayne@68 3536
jpayne@68 3537 png_set_cHRM(png_ptr, info_ptr, white_x, white_y, red_x, red_y,
jpayne@68 3538 green_x, green_y, blue_x, blue_y)
jpayne@68 3539 png_set_cHRM_XYZ(png_ptr, info_ptr, red_X, red_Y, red_Z, green_X,
jpayne@68 3540 green_Y, green_Z, blue_X, blue_Y, blue_Z)
jpayne@68 3541 png_set_cHRM_fixed(png_ptr, info_ptr, int_white_x, int_white_y,
jpayne@68 3542 int_red_x, int_red_y, int_green_x, int_green_y,
jpayne@68 3543 int_blue_x, int_blue_y)
jpayne@68 3544 png_set_cHRM_XYZ_fixed(png_ptr, info_ptr, int_red_X, int_red_Y,
jpayne@68 3545 int_red_Z, int_green_X, int_green_Y, int_green_Z,
jpayne@68 3546 int_blue_X, int_blue_Y, int_blue_Z)
jpayne@68 3547
jpayne@68 3548 {white,red,green,blue}_{x,y}
jpayne@68 3549 A color space encoding specified using the chromaticities
jpayne@68 3550 of the end points and the white point.
jpayne@68 3551
jpayne@68 3552 {red,green,blue}_{X,Y,Z}
jpayne@68 3553 A color space encoding specified using the encoding end
jpayne@68 3554 points - the CIE tristimulus specification of the intended
jpayne@68 3555 color of the red, green and blue channels in the PNG RGB
jpayne@68 3556 data. The white point is simply the sum of the three end
jpayne@68 3557 points.
jpayne@68 3558
jpayne@68 3559 png_set_sRGB(png_ptr, info_ptr, srgb_intent);
jpayne@68 3560
jpayne@68 3561 srgb_intent - the rendering intent
jpayne@68 3562 (PNG_INFO_sRGB) The presence of
jpayne@68 3563 the sRGB chunk means that the pixel
jpayne@68 3564 data is in the sRGB color space.
jpayne@68 3565 This chunk also implies specific
jpayne@68 3566 values of gAMA and cHRM. Rendering
jpayne@68 3567 intent is the CSS-1 property that
jpayne@68 3568 has been defined by the International
jpayne@68 3569 Color Consortium
jpayne@68 3570 (http://www.color.org).
jpayne@68 3571 It can be one of
jpayne@68 3572 PNG_sRGB_INTENT_SATURATION,
jpayne@68 3573 PNG_sRGB_INTENT_PERCEPTUAL,
jpayne@68 3574 PNG_sRGB_INTENT_ABSOLUTE, or
jpayne@68 3575 PNG_sRGB_INTENT_RELATIVE.
jpayne@68 3576
jpayne@68 3577
jpayne@68 3578 png_set_sRGB_gAMA_and_cHRM(png_ptr, info_ptr,
jpayne@68 3579 srgb_intent);
jpayne@68 3580
jpayne@68 3581 srgb_intent - the rendering intent
jpayne@68 3582 (PNG_INFO_sRGB) The presence of the
jpayne@68 3583 sRGB chunk means that the pixel
jpayne@68 3584 data is in the sRGB color space.
jpayne@68 3585 This function also causes gAMA and
jpayne@68 3586 cHRM chunks with the specific values
jpayne@68 3587 that are consistent with sRGB to be
jpayne@68 3588 written.
jpayne@68 3589
jpayne@68 3590 png_set_iCCP(png_ptr, info_ptr, name, compression_type,
jpayne@68 3591 profile, proflen);
jpayne@68 3592
jpayne@68 3593 name - The profile name.
jpayne@68 3594
jpayne@68 3595 compression_type - The compression type; always
jpayne@68 3596 PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_BASE for PNG 1.0.
jpayne@68 3597 You may give NULL to this argument to
jpayne@68 3598 ignore it.
jpayne@68 3599
jpayne@68 3600 profile - International Color Consortium color
jpayne@68 3601 profile data. May contain NULs.
jpayne@68 3602
jpayne@68 3603 proflen - length of profile data in bytes.
jpayne@68 3604
jpayne@68 3605 png_set_sBIT(png_ptr, info_ptr, sig_bit);
jpayne@68 3606
jpayne@68 3607 sig_bit - the number of significant bits for
jpayne@68 3608 (PNG_INFO_sBIT) each of the gray, red,
jpayne@68 3609 green, and blue channels, whichever are
jpayne@68 3610 appropriate for the given color type
jpayne@68 3611 (png_color_16)
jpayne@68 3612
jpayne@68 3613 png_set_tRNS(png_ptr, info_ptr, trans_alpha,
jpayne@68 3614 num_trans, trans_color);
jpayne@68 3615
jpayne@68 3616 trans_alpha - array of alpha (transparency)
jpayne@68 3617 entries for palette (PNG_INFO_tRNS)
jpayne@68 3618
jpayne@68 3619 num_trans - number of transparent entries
jpayne@68 3620 (PNG_INFO_tRNS)
jpayne@68 3621
jpayne@68 3622 trans_color - graylevel or color sample values
jpayne@68 3623 (in order red, green, blue) of the
jpayne@68 3624 single transparent color for
jpayne@68 3625 non-paletted images (PNG_INFO_tRNS)
jpayne@68 3626
jpayne@68 3627 png_set_eXIf_1(png_ptr, info_ptr, num_exif, exif);
jpayne@68 3628
jpayne@68 3629 exif - Exif profile (array of png_byte)
jpayne@68 3630 (PNG_INFO_eXIf)
jpayne@68 3631
jpayne@68 3632 png_set_hIST(png_ptr, info_ptr, hist);
jpayne@68 3633
jpayne@68 3634 hist - histogram of palette (array of
jpayne@68 3635 png_uint_16) (PNG_INFO_hIST)
jpayne@68 3636
jpayne@68 3637 png_set_tIME(png_ptr, info_ptr, mod_time);
jpayne@68 3638
jpayne@68 3639 mod_time - time image was last modified
jpayne@68 3640 (PNG_INFO_tIME)
jpayne@68 3641
jpayne@68 3642 png_set_bKGD(png_ptr, info_ptr, background);
jpayne@68 3643
jpayne@68 3644 background - background color (of type
jpayne@68 3645 png_color_16p) (PNG_INFO_bKGD)
jpayne@68 3646
jpayne@68 3647 png_set_text(png_ptr, info_ptr, text_ptr, num_text);
jpayne@68 3648
jpayne@68 3649 text_ptr - array of png_text holding image
jpayne@68 3650 comments
jpayne@68 3651
jpayne@68 3652 text_ptr[i].compression - type of compression used
jpayne@68 3653 on "text" PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE
jpayne@68 3654 PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt
jpayne@68 3655 PNG_ITXT_COMPRESSION_NONE
jpayne@68 3656 PNG_ITXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt
jpayne@68 3657 text_ptr[i].key - keyword for comment. Must contain
jpayne@68 3658 1-79 characters.
jpayne@68 3659 text_ptr[i].text - text comments for current
jpayne@68 3660 keyword. Can be NULL or empty.
jpayne@68 3661 text_ptr[i].text_length - length of text string,
jpayne@68 3662 after decompression, 0 for iTXt
jpayne@68 3663 text_ptr[i].itxt_length - length of itxt string,
jpayne@68 3664 after decompression, 0 for tEXt/zTXt
jpayne@68 3665 text_ptr[i].lang - language of comment (NULL or
jpayne@68 3666 empty for unknown).
jpayne@68 3667 text_ptr[i].translated_keyword - keyword in UTF-8 (NULL
jpayne@68 3668 or empty for unknown).
jpayne@68 3669
jpayne@68 3670 Note that the itxt_length, lang, and lang_key
jpayne@68 3671 members of the text_ptr structure only exist when the
jpayne@68 3672 library is built with iTXt chunk support. Prior to
jpayne@68 3673 libpng-1.4.0 the library was built by default without
jpayne@68 3674 iTXt support. Also note that when iTXt is supported,
jpayne@68 3675 they contain NULL pointers when the "compression"
jpayne@68 3676 field contains PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE or
jpayne@68 3677 PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt.
jpayne@68 3678
jpayne@68 3679 num_text - number of comments
jpayne@68 3680
jpayne@68 3681 png_set_sPLT(png_ptr, info_ptr, &palette_ptr,
jpayne@68 3682 num_spalettes);
jpayne@68 3683
jpayne@68 3684 palette_ptr - array of png_sPLT_struct structures
jpayne@68 3685 to be added to the list of palettes
jpayne@68 3686 in the info structure.
jpayne@68 3687 num_spalettes - number of palette structures to be
jpayne@68 3688 added.
jpayne@68 3689
jpayne@68 3690 png_set_oFFs(png_ptr, info_ptr, offset_x, offset_y,
jpayne@68 3691 unit_type);
jpayne@68 3692
jpayne@68 3693 offset_x - positive offset from the left
jpayne@68 3694 edge of the screen
jpayne@68 3695
jpayne@68 3696 offset_y - positive offset from the top
jpayne@68 3697 edge of the screen
jpayne@68 3698
jpayne@68 3699 unit_type - PNG_OFFSET_PIXEL, PNG_OFFSET_MICROMETER
jpayne@68 3700
jpayne@68 3701 png_set_pHYs(png_ptr, info_ptr, res_x, res_y,
jpayne@68 3702 unit_type);
jpayne@68 3703
jpayne@68 3704 res_x - pixels/unit physical resolution
jpayne@68 3705 in x direction
jpayne@68 3706
jpayne@68 3707 res_y - pixels/unit physical resolution
jpayne@68 3708 in y direction
jpayne@68 3709
jpayne@68 3710 unit_type - PNG_RESOLUTION_UNKNOWN,
jpayne@68 3711 PNG_RESOLUTION_METER
jpayne@68 3712
jpayne@68 3713 png_set_sCAL(png_ptr, info_ptr, unit, width, height)
jpayne@68 3714
jpayne@68 3715 unit - physical scale units (an integer)
jpayne@68 3716
jpayne@68 3717 width - width of a pixel in physical scale units
jpayne@68 3718
jpayne@68 3719 height - height of a pixel in physical scale units
jpayne@68 3720 (width and height are doubles)
jpayne@68 3721
jpayne@68 3722 png_set_sCAL_s(png_ptr, info_ptr, unit, width, height)
jpayne@68 3723
jpayne@68 3724 unit - physical scale units (an integer)
jpayne@68 3725
jpayne@68 3726 width - width of a pixel in physical scale units
jpayne@68 3727 expressed as a string
jpayne@68 3728
jpayne@68 3729 height - height of a pixel in physical scale units
jpayne@68 3730 (width and height are strings like "2.54")
jpayne@68 3731
jpayne@68 3732 png_set_unknown_chunks(png_ptr, info_ptr, &unknowns,
jpayne@68 3733 num_unknowns)
jpayne@68 3734
jpayne@68 3735 unknowns - array of png_unknown_chunk
jpayne@68 3736 structures holding unknown chunks
jpayne@68 3737 unknowns[i].name - name of unknown chunk
jpayne@68 3738 unknowns[i].data - data of unknown chunk
jpayne@68 3739 unknowns[i].size - size of unknown chunk's data
jpayne@68 3740 unknowns[i].location - position to write chunk in file
jpayne@68 3741 0: do not write chunk
jpayne@68 3742 PNG_HAVE_IHDR: before PLTE
jpayne@68 3743 PNG_HAVE_PLTE: before IDAT
jpayne@68 3744 PNG_AFTER_IDAT: after IDAT
jpayne@68 3745
jpayne@68 3746 The "location" member is set automatically according to
jpayne@68 3747 what part of the output file has already been written.
jpayne@68 3748 You can change its value after calling png_set_unknown_chunks()
jpayne@68 3749 as demonstrated in pngtest.c. Within each of the "locations",
jpayne@68 3750 the chunks are sequenced according to their position in the
jpayne@68 3751 structure (that is, the value of "i", which is the order in which
jpayne@68 3752 the chunk was either read from the input file or defined with
jpayne@68 3753 png_set_unknown_chunks).
jpayne@68 3754
jpayne@68 3755 A quick word about text and num_text. text is an array of png_text
jpayne@68 3756 structures. num_text is the number of valid structures in the array.
jpayne@68 3757 Each png_text structure holds a language code, a keyword, a text value,
jpayne@68 3758 and a compression type.
jpayne@68 3759
jpayne@68 3760 The compression types have the same valid numbers as the compression
jpayne@68 3761 types of the image data. Currently, the only valid number is zero.
jpayne@68 3762 However, you can store text either compressed or uncompressed, unlike
jpayne@68 3763 images, which always have to be compressed. So if you don't want the
jpayne@68 3764 text compressed, set the compression type to PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE.
jpayne@68 3765 Because tEXt and zTXt chunks don't have a language field, if you
jpayne@68 3766 specify PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE or PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt
jpayne@68 3767 any language code or translated keyword will not be written out.
jpayne@68 3768
jpayne@68 3769 Until text gets around a few hundred bytes, it is not worth compressing it.
jpayne@68 3770 After the text has been written out to the file, the compression type
jpayne@68 3771 is set to PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE_WR or PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt_WR,
jpayne@68 3772 so that it isn't written out again at the end (in case you are calling
jpayne@68 3773 png_write_end() with the same struct).
jpayne@68 3774
jpayne@68 3775 The keywords that are given in the PNG Specification are:
jpayne@68 3776
jpayne@68 3777 Title Short (one line) title or
jpayne@68 3778 caption for image
jpayne@68 3779
jpayne@68 3780 Author Name of image's creator
jpayne@68 3781
jpayne@68 3782 Description Description of image (possibly long)
jpayne@68 3783
jpayne@68 3784 Copyright Copyright notice
jpayne@68 3785
jpayne@68 3786 Creation Time Time of original image creation
jpayne@68 3787 (usually RFC 1123 format, see below)
jpayne@68 3788
jpayne@68 3789 Software Software used to create the image
jpayne@68 3790
jpayne@68 3791 Disclaimer Legal disclaimer
jpayne@68 3792
jpayne@68 3793 Warning Warning of nature of content
jpayne@68 3794
jpayne@68 3795 Source Device used to create the image
jpayne@68 3796
jpayne@68 3797 Comment Miscellaneous comment; conversion
jpayne@68 3798 from other image format
jpayne@68 3799
jpayne@68 3800 The keyword-text pairs work like this. Keywords should be short
jpayne@68 3801 simple descriptions of what the comment is about. Some typical
jpayne@68 3802 keywords are found in the PNG specification, as is some recommendations
jpayne@68 3803 on keywords. You can repeat keywords in a file. You can even write
jpayne@68 3804 some text before the image and some after. For example, you may want
jpayne@68 3805 to put a description of the image before the image, but leave the
jpayne@68 3806 disclaimer until after, so viewers working over modem connections
jpayne@68 3807 don't have to wait for the disclaimer to go over the modem before
jpayne@68 3808 they start seeing the image. Finally, keywords should be full
jpayne@68 3809 words, not abbreviations. Keywords and text are in the ISO 8859-1
jpayne@68 3810 (Latin-1) character set (a superset of regular ASCII) and can not
jpayne@68 3811 contain NUL characters, and should not contain control or other
jpayne@68 3812 unprintable characters. To make the comments widely readable, stick
jpayne@68 3813 with basic ASCII, and avoid machine specific character set extensions
jpayne@68 3814 like the IBM-PC character set. The keyword must be present, but
jpayne@68 3815 you can leave off the text string on non-compressed pairs.
jpayne@68 3816 Compressed pairs must have a text string, as only the text string
jpayne@68 3817 is compressed anyway, so the compression would be meaningless.
jpayne@68 3818
jpayne@68 3819 PNG supports modification time via the png_time structure. Two
jpayne@68 3820 conversion routines are provided, png_convert_from_time_t() for
jpayne@68 3821 time_t and png_convert_from_struct_tm() for struct tm. The
jpayne@68 3822 time_t routine uses gmtime(). You don't have to use either of
jpayne@68 3823 these, but if you wish to fill in the png_time structure directly,
jpayne@68 3824 you should provide the time in universal time (GMT) if possible
jpayne@68 3825 instead of your local time. Note that the year number is the full
jpayne@68 3826 year (e.g. 1998, rather than 98 - PNG is year 2000 compliant!), and
jpayne@68 3827 that months start with 1.
jpayne@68 3828
jpayne@68 3829 If you want to store the time of the original image creation, you should
jpayne@68 3830 use a plain tEXt chunk with the "Creation Time" keyword. This is
jpayne@68 3831 necessary because the "creation time" of a PNG image is somewhat vague,
jpayne@68 3832 depending on whether you mean the PNG file, the time the image was
jpayne@68 3833 created in a non-PNG format, a still photo from which the image was
jpayne@68 3834 scanned, or possibly the subject matter itself. In order to facilitate
jpayne@68 3835 machine-readable dates, it is recommended that the "Creation Time"
jpayne@68 3836 tEXt chunk use RFC 1123 format dates (e.g. "22 May 1997 18:07:10 GMT"),
jpayne@68 3837 although this isn't a requirement. Unlike the tIME chunk, the
jpayne@68 3838 "Creation Time" tEXt chunk is not expected to be automatically changed
jpayne@68 3839 by the software. To facilitate the use of RFC 1123 dates, a function
jpayne@68 3840 png_convert_to_rfc1123_buffer(buffer, png_timep) is provided to
jpayne@68 3841 convert from PNG time to an RFC 1123 format string. The caller must provide
jpayne@68 3842 a writeable buffer of at least 29 bytes.
jpayne@68 3843
jpayne@68 3844 .SS Writing unknown chunks
jpayne@68 3845
jpayne@68 3846 You can use the png_set_unknown_chunks function to queue up private chunks
jpayne@68 3847 for writing. You give it a chunk name, location, raw data, and a size. You
jpayne@68 3848 also must use png_set_keep_unknown_chunks() to ensure that libpng will
jpayne@68 3849 handle them. That's all there is to it. The chunks will be written by the
jpayne@68 3850 next following png_write_info_before_PLTE, png_write_info, or png_write_end
jpayne@68 3851 function, depending upon the specified location. Any chunks previously
jpayne@68 3852 read into the info structure's unknown-chunk list will also be written out
jpayne@68 3853 in a sequence that satisfies the PNG specification's ordering rules.
jpayne@68 3854
jpayne@68 3855 Here is an example of writing two private chunks, prVt and miNE:
jpayne@68 3856
jpayne@68 3857 #ifdef PNG_WRITE_UNKNOWN_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED
jpayne@68 3858 /* Set unknown chunk data */
jpayne@68 3859 png_unknown_chunk unk_chunk[2];
jpayne@68 3860 strcpy((char *) unk_chunk[0].name, "prVt";
jpayne@68 3861 unk_chunk[0].data = (unsigned char *) "PRIVATE DATA";
jpayne@68 3862 unk_chunk[0].size = strlen(unk_chunk[0].data)+1;
jpayne@68 3863 unk_chunk[0].location = PNG_HAVE_IHDR;
jpayne@68 3864 strcpy((char *) unk_chunk[1].name, "miNE";
jpayne@68 3865 unk_chunk[1].data = (unsigned char *) "MY CHUNK DATA";
jpayne@68 3866 unk_chunk[1].size = strlen(unk_chunk[0].data)+1;
jpayne@68 3867 unk_chunk[1].location = PNG_AFTER_IDAT;
jpayne@68 3868 png_set_unknown_chunks(write_ptr, write_info_ptr,
jpayne@68 3869 unk_chunk, 2);
jpayne@68 3870 /* Needed because miNE is not safe-to-copy */
jpayne@68 3871 png_set_keep_unknown_chunks(png, PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_ALWAYS,
jpayne@68 3872 (png_bytep) "miNE", 1);
jpayne@68 3873 # if PNG_LIBPNG_VER < 10600
jpayne@68 3874 /* Deal with unknown chunk location bug in 1.5.x and earlier */
jpayne@68 3875 png_set_unknown_chunk_location(png, info, 0, PNG_HAVE_IHDR);
jpayne@68 3876 png_set_unknown_chunk_location(png, info, 1, PNG_AFTER_IDAT);
jpayne@68 3877 # endif
jpayne@68 3878 # if PNG_LIBPNG_VER < 10500
jpayne@68 3879 /* PNG_AFTER_IDAT writes two copies of the chunk prior to libpng-1.5.0,
jpayne@68 3880 * one before IDAT and another after IDAT, so don't use it; only use
jpayne@68 3881 * PNG_HAVE_IHDR location. This call resets the location previously
jpayne@68 3882 * set by assignment and png_set_unknown_chunk_location() for chunk 1.
jpayne@68 3883 */
jpayne@68 3884 png_set_unknown_chunk_location(png, info, 1, PNG_HAVE_IHDR);
jpayne@68 3885 # endif
jpayne@68 3886 #endif
jpayne@68 3887
jpayne@68 3888 .SS The high-level write interface
jpayne@68 3889
jpayne@68 3890 At this point there are two ways to proceed; through the high-level
jpayne@68 3891 write interface, or through a sequence of low-level write operations.
jpayne@68 3892 You can use the high-level interface if your image data is present
jpayne@68 3893 in the info structure. All defined output
jpayne@68 3894 transformations are permitted, enabled by the following masks.
jpayne@68 3895
jpayne@68 3896 PNG_TRANSFORM_IDENTITY No transformation
jpayne@68 3897 PNG_TRANSFORM_PACKING Pack 1, 2 and 4-bit samples
jpayne@68 3898 PNG_TRANSFORM_PACKSWAP Change order of packed
jpayne@68 3899 pixels to LSB first
jpayne@68 3900 PNG_TRANSFORM_INVERT_MONO Invert monochrome images
jpayne@68 3901 PNG_TRANSFORM_SHIFT Normalize pixels to the
jpayne@68 3902 sBIT depth
jpayne@68 3903 PNG_TRANSFORM_BGR Flip RGB to BGR, RGBA
jpayne@68 3904 to BGRA
jpayne@68 3905 PNG_TRANSFORM_SWAP_ALPHA Flip RGBA to ARGB or GA
jpayne@68 3906 to AG
jpayne@68 3907 PNG_TRANSFORM_INVERT_ALPHA Change alpha from opacity
jpayne@68 3908 to transparency
jpayne@68 3909 PNG_TRANSFORM_SWAP_ENDIAN Byte-swap 16-bit samples
jpayne@68 3910 PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_FILLER Strip out filler
jpayne@68 3911 bytes (deprecated).
jpayne@68 3912 PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_FILLER_BEFORE Strip out leading
jpayne@68 3913 filler bytes
jpayne@68 3914 PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_FILLER_AFTER Strip out trailing
jpayne@68 3915 filler bytes
jpayne@68 3916
jpayne@68 3917 If you have valid image data in the info structure (you can use
jpayne@68 3918 png_set_rows() to put image data in the info structure), simply do this:
jpayne@68 3919
jpayne@68 3920 png_write_png(png_ptr, info_ptr, png_transforms, NULL)
jpayne@68 3921
jpayne@68 3922 where png_transforms is an integer containing the bitwise OR of some set of
jpayne@68 3923 transformation flags. This call is equivalent to png_write_info(),
jpayne@68 3924 followed the set of transformations indicated by the transform mask,
jpayne@68 3925 then png_write_image(), and finally png_write_end().
jpayne@68 3926
jpayne@68 3927 (The final parameter of this call is not yet used. Someday it might point
jpayne@68 3928 to transformation parameters required by some future output transform.)
jpayne@68 3929
jpayne@68 3930 You must use png_transforms and not call any png_set_transform() functions
jpayne@68 3931 when you use png_write_png().
jpayne@68 3932
jpayne@68 3933 .SS The low-level write interface
jpayne@68 3934
jpayne@68 3935 If you are going the low-level route instead, you are now ready to
jpayne@68 3936 write all the file information up to the actual image data. You do
jpayne@68 3937 this with a call to png_write_info().
jpayne@68 3938
jpayne@68 3939 png_write_info(png_ptr, info_ptr);
jpayne@68 3940
jpayne@68 3941 Note that there is one transformation you may need to do before
jpayne@68 3942 png_write_info(). In PNG files, the alpha channel in an image is the
jpayne@68 3943 level of opacity. If your data is supplied as a level of transparency,
jpayne@68 3944 you can invert the alpha channel before you write it, so that 0 is
jpayne@68 3945 fully transparent and 255 (in 8-bit or paletted images) or 65535
jpayne@68 3946 (in 16-bit images) is fully opaque, with
jpayne@68 3947
jpayne@68 3948 png_set_invert_alpha(png_ptr);
jpayne@68 3949
jpayne@68 3950 This must appear before png_write_info() instead of later with the
jpayne@68 3951 other transformations because in the case of paletted images the tRNS
jpayne@68 3952 chunk data has to be inverted before the tRNS chunk is written. If
jpayne@68 3953 your image is not a paletted image, the tRNS data (which in such cases
jpayne@68 3954 represents a single color to be rendered as transparent) won't need to
jpayne@68 3955 be changed, and you can safely do this transformation after your
jpayne@68 3956 png_write_info() call.
jpayne@68 3957
jpayne@68 3958 If you need to write a private chunk that you want to appear before
jpayne@68 3959 the PLTE chunk when PLTE is present, you can write the PNG info in
jpayne@68 3960 two steps, and insert code to write your own chunk between them:
jpayne@68 3961
jpayne@68 3962 png_write_info_before_PLTE(png_ptr, info_ptr);
jpayne@68 3963 png_set_unknown_chunks(png_ptr, info_ptr, ...);
jpayne@68 3964 png_write_info(png_ptr, info_ptr);
jpayne@68 3965
jpayne@68 3966 After you've written the file information, you can set up the library
jpayne@68 3967 to handle any special transformations of the image data. The various
jpayne@68 3968 ways to transform the data will be described in the order that they
jpayne@68 3969 should occur. This is important, as some of these change the color
jpayne@68 3970 type and/or bit depth of the data, and some others only work on
jpayne@68 3971 certain color types and bit depths. Even though each transformation
jpayne@68 3972 checks to see if it has data that it can do something with, you should
jpayne@68 3973 make sure to only enable a transformation if it will be valid for the
jpayne@68 3974 data. For example, don't swap red and blue on grayscale data.
jpayne@68 3975
jpayne@68 3976 PNG files store RGB pixels packed into 3 or 6 bytes. This code tells
jpayne@68 3977 the library to strip input data that has 4 or 8 bytes per pixel down
jpayne@68 3978 to 3 or 6 bytes (or strip 2 or 4-byte grayscale+filler data to 1 or 2
jpayne@68 3979 bytes per pixel).
jpayne@68 3980
jpayne@68 3981 png_set_filler(png_ptr, 0, PNG_FILLER_BEFORE);
jpayne@68 3982
jpayne@68 3983 where the 0 is unused, and the location is either PNG_FILLER_BEFORE or
jpayne@68 3984 PNG_FILLER_AFTER, depending upon whether the filler byte in the pixel
jpayne@68 3985 is stored XRGB or RGBX.
jpayne@68 3986
jpayne@68 3987 PNG files pack pixels of bit depths 1, 2, and 4 into bytes as small as
jpayne@68 3988 they can, resulting in, for example, 8 pixels per byte for 1 bit files.
jpayne@68 3989 If the data is supplied at 1 pixel per byte, use this code, which will
jpayne@68 3990 correctly pack the pixels into a single byte:
jpayne@68 3991
jpayne@68 3992 png_set_packing(png_ptr);
jpayne@68 3993
jpayne@68 3994 PNG files reduce possible bit depths to 1, 2, 4, 8, and 16. If your
jpayne@68 3995 data is of another bit depth, you can write an sBIT chunk into the
jpayne@68 3996 file so that decoders can recover the original data if desired.
jpayne@68 3997
jpayne@68 3998 /* Set the true bit depth of the image data */
jpayne@68 3999 if (color_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR)
jpayne@68 4000 {
jpayne@68 4001 sig_bit.red = true_bit_depth;
jpayne@68 4002 sig_bit.green = true_bit_depth;
jpayne@68 4003 sig_bit.blue = true_bit_depth;
jpayne@68 4004 }
jpayne@68 4005
jpayne@68 4006 else
jpayne@68 4007 {
jpayne@68 4008 sig_bit.gray = true_bit_depth;
jpayne@68 4009 }
jpayne@68 4010
jpayne@68 4011 if (color_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA)
jpayne@68 4012 {
jpayne@68 4013 sig_bit.alpha = true_bit_depth;
jpayne@68 4014 }
jpayne@68 4015
jpayne@68 4016 png_set_sBIT(png_ptr, info_ptr, &sig_bit);
jpayne@68 4017
jpayne@68 4018 If the data is stored in the row buffer in a bit depth other than
jpayne@68 4019 one supported by PNG (e.g. 3 bit data in the range 0-7 for a 4-bit PNG),
jpayne@68 4020 this will scale the values to appear to be the correct bit depth as
jpayne@68 4021 is required by PNG.
jpayne@68 4022
jpayne@68 4023 png_set_shift(png_ptr, &sig_bit);
jpayne@68 4024
jpayne@68 4025 PNG files store 16-bit pixels in network byte order (big-endian,
jpayne@68 4026 ie. most significant bits first). This code would be used if they are
jpayne@68 4027 supplied the other way (little-endian, i.e. least significant bits
jpayne@68 4028 first, the way PCs store them):
jpayne@68 4029
jpayne@68 4030 if (bit_depth > 8)
jpayne@68 4031 png_set_swap(png_ptr);
jpayne@68 4032
jpayne@68 4033 If you are using packed-pixel images (1, 2, or 4 bits/pixel), and you
jpayne@68 4034 need to change the order the pixels are packed into bytes, you can use:
jpayne@68 4035
jpayne@68 4036 if (bit_depth < 8)
jpayne@68 4037 png_set_packswap(png_ptr);
jpayne@68 4038
jpayne@68 4039 PNG files store 3 color pixels in red, green, blue order. This code
jpayne@68 4040 would be used if they are supplied as blue, green, red:
jpayne@68 4041
jpayne@68 4042 png_set_bgr(png_ptr);
jpayne@68 4043
jpayne@68 4044 PNG files describe monochrome as black being zero and white being
jpayne@68 4045 one. This code would be used if the pixels are supplied with this reversed
jpayne@68 4046 (black being one and white being zero):
jpayne@68 4047
jpayne@68 4048 png_set_invert_mono(png_ptr);
jpayne@68 4049
jpayne@68 4050 Finally, you can write your own transformation function if none of
jpayne@68 4051 the existing ones meets your needs. This is done by setting a callback
jpayne@68 4052 with
jpayne@68 4053
jpayne@68 4054 png_set_write_user_transform_fn(png_ptr,
jpayne@68 4055 write_transform_fn);
jpayne@68 4056
jpayne@68 4057 You must supply the function
jpayne@68 4058
jpayne@68 4059 void write_transform_fn(png_structp png_ptr, png_row_infop
jpayne@68 4060 row_info, png_bytep data)
jpayne@68 4061
jpayne@68 4062 See pngtest.c for a working example. Your function will be called
jpayne@68 4063 before any of the other transformations are processed. If supported
jpayne@68 4064 libpng also supplies an information routine that may be called from
jpayne@68 4065 your callback:
jpayne@68 4066
jpayne@68 4067 png_get_current_row_number(png_ptr);
jpayne@68 4068 png_get_current_pass_number(png_ptr);
jpayne@68 4069
jpayne@68 4070 This returns the current row passed to the transform. With interlaced
jpayne@68 4071 images the value returned is the row in the input sub-image image. Use
jpayne@68 4072 PNG_ROW_FROM_PASS_ROW(row, pass) and PNG_COL_FROM_PASS_COL(col, pass) to
jpayne@68 4073 find the output pixel (x,y) given an interlaced sub-image pixel (row,col,pass).
jpayne@68 4074
jpayne@68 4075 The discussion of interlace handling above contains more information on how to
jpayne@68 4076 use these values.
jpayne@68 4077
jpayne@68 4078 You can also set up a pointer to a user structure for use by your
jpayne@68 4079 callback function.
jpayne@68 4080
jpayne@68 4081 png_set_user_transform_info(png_ptr, user_ptr, 0, 0);
jpayne@68 4082
jpayne@68 4083 The user_channels and user_depth parameters of this function are ignored
jpayne@68 4084 when writing; you can set them to zero as shown.
jpayne@68 4085
jpayne@68 4086 You can retrieve the pointer via the function png_get_user_transform_ptr().
jpayne@68 4087 For example:
jpayne@68 4088
jpayne@68 4089 voidp write_user_transform_ptr =
jpayne@68 4090 png_get_user_transform_ptr(png_ptr);
jpayne@68 4091
jpayne@68 4092 It is possible to have libpng flush any pending output, either manually,
jpayne@68 4093 or automatically after a certain number of lines have been written. To
jpayne@68 4094 flush the output stream a single time call:
jpayne@68 4095
jpayne@68 4096 png_write_flush(png_ptr);
jpayne@68 4097
jpayne@68 4098 and to have libpng flush the output stream periodically after a certain
jpayne@68 4099 number of scanlines have been written, call:
jpayne@68 4100
jpayne@68 4101 png_set_flush(png_ptr, nrows);
jpayne@68 4102
jpayne@68 4103 Note that the distance between rows is from the last time png_write_flush()
jpayne@68 4104 was called, or the first row of the image if it has never been called.
jpayne@68 4105 So if you write 50 lines, and then png_set_flush 25, it will flush the
jpayne@68 4106 output on the next scanline, and every 25 lines thereafter, unless
jpayne@68 4107 png_write_flush() is called before 25 more lines have been written.
jpayne@68 4108 If nrows is too small (less than about 10 lines for a 640 pixel wide
jpayne@68 4109 RGB image) the image compression may decrease noticeably (although this
jpayne@68 4110 may be acceptable for real-time applications). Infrequent flushing will
jpayne@68 4111 only degrade the compression performance by a few percent over images
jpayne@68 4112 that do not use flushing.
jpayne@68 4113
jpayne@68 4114 .SS Writing the image data
jpayne@68 4115
jpayne@68 4116 That's it for the transformations. Now you can write the image data.
jpayne@68 4117 The simplest way to do this is in one function call. If you have the
jpayne@68 4118 whole image in memory, you can just call png_write_image() and libpng
jpayne@68 4119 will write the image. You will need to pass in an array of pointers to
jpayne@68 4120 each row. This function automatically handles interlacing, so you don't
jpayne@68 4121 need to call png_set_interlace_handling() or call this function multiple
jpayne@68 4122 times, or any of that other stuff necessary with png_write_rows().
jpayne@68 4123
jpayne@68 4124 png_write_image(png_ptr, row_pointers);
jpayne@68 4125
jpayne@68 4126 where row_pointers is:
jpayne@68 4127
jpayne@68 4128 png_byte *row_pointers[height];
jpayne@68 4129
jpayne@68 4130 You can point to void or char or whatever you use for pixels.
jpayne@68 4131
jpayne@68 4132 If you don't want to write the whole image at once, you can
jpayne@68 4133 use png_write_rows() instead. If the file is not interlaced,
jpayne@68 4134 this is simple:
jpayne@68 4135
jpayne@68 4136 png_write_rows(png_ptr, row_pointers,
jpayne@68 4137 number_of_rows);
jpayne@68 4138
jpayne@68 4139 row_pointers is the same as in the png_write_image() call.
jpayne@68 4140
jpayne@68 4141 If you are just writing one row at a time, you can do this with
jpayne@68 4142 a single row_pointer instead of an array of row_pointers:
jpayne@68 4143
jpayne@68 4144 png_bytep row_pointer = row;
jpayne@68 4145
jpayne@68 4146 png_write_row(png_ptr, row_pointer);
jpayne@68 4147
jpayne@68 4148 When the file is interlaced, things can get a good deal more complicated.
jpayne@68 4149 The only currently (as of the PNG Specification version 1.2, dated July
jpayne@68 4150 1999) defined interlacing scheme for PNG files is the "Adam7" interlace
jpayne@68 4151 scheme, that breaks down an image into seven smaller images of varying
jpayne@68 4152 size. libpng will build these images for you, or you can do them
jpayne@68 4153 yourself. If you want to build them yourself, see the PNG specification
jpayne@68 4154 for details of which pixels to write when.
jpayne@68 4155
jpayne@68 4156 If you don't want libpng to handle the interlacing details, just
jpayne@68 4157 use png_set_interlace_handling() and call png_write_rows() the
jpayne@68 4158 correct number of times to write all the sub-images
jpayne@68 4159 (png_set_interlace_handling() returns the number of sub-images.)
jpayne@68 4160
jpayne@68 4161 If you want libpng to build the sub-images, call this before you start
jpayne@68 4162 writing any rows:
jpayne@68 4163
jpayne@68 4164 number_of_passes = png_set_interlace_handling(png_ptr);
jpayne@68 4165
jpayne@68 4166 This will return the number of passes needed. Currently, this is seven,
jpayne@68 4167 but may change if another interlace type is added.
jpayne@68 4168
jpayne@68 4169 Then write the complete image number_of_passes times.
jpayne@68 4170
jpayne@68 4171 png_write_rows(png_ptr, row_pointers, number_of_rows);
jpayne@68 4172
jpayne@68 4173 Think carefully before you write an interlaced image. Typically code that
jpayne@68 4174 reads such images reads all the image data into memory, uncompressed, before
jpayne@68 4175 doing any processing. Only code that can display an image on the fly can
jpayne@68 4176 take advantage of the interlacing and even then the image has to be exactly
jpayne@68 4177 the correct size for the output device, because scaling an image requires
jpayne@68 4178 adjacent pixels and these are not available until all the passes have been
jpayne@68 4179 read.
jpayne@68 4180
jpayne@68 4181 If you do write an interlaced image you will hardly ever need to handle
jpayne@68 4182 the interlacing yourself. Call png_set_interlace_handling() and use the
jpayne@68 4183 approach described above.
jpayne@68 4184
jpayne@68 4185 The only time it is conceivable that you will really need to write an
jpayne@68 4186 interlaced image pass-by-pass is when you have read one pass by pass and
jpayne@68 4187 made some pixel-by-pixel transformation to it, as described in the read
jpayne@68 4188 code above. In this case use the PNG_PASS_ROWS and PNG_PASS_COLS macros
jpayne@68 4189 to determine the size of each sub-image in turn and simply write the rows
jpayne@68 4190 you obtained from the read code.
jpayne@68 4191
jpayne@68 4192 .SS Finishing a sequential write
jpayne@68 4193
jpayne@68 4194 After you are finished writing the image, you should finish writing
jpayne@68 4195 the file. If you are interested in writing comments or time, you should
jpayne@68 4196 pass an appropriately filled png_info pointer. If you are not interested,
jpayne@68 4197 you can pass NULL.
jpayne@68 4198
jpayne@68 4199 png_write_end(png_ptr, info_ptr);
jpayne@68 4200
jpayne@68 4201 When you are done, you can free all memory used by libpng like this:
jpayne@68 4202
jpayne@68 4203 png_destroy_write_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr);
jpayne@68 4204
jpayne@68 4205 It is also possible to individually free the info_ptr members that
jpayne@68 4206 point to libpng-allocated storage with the following function:
jpayne@68 4207
jpayne@68 4208 png_free_data(png_ptr, info_ptr, mask, seq)
jpayne@68 4209
jpayne@68 4210 mask - identifies data to be freed, a mask
jpayne@68 4211 containing the bitwise OR of one or
jpayne@68 4212 more of
jpayne@68 4213 PNG_FREE_PLTE, PNG_FREE_TRNS,
jpayne@68 4214 PNG_FREE_HIST, PNG_FREE_ICCP,
jpayne@68 4215 PNG_FREE_PCAL, PNG_FREE_ROWS,
jpayne@68 4216 PNG_FREE_SCAL, PNG_FREE_SPLT,
jpayne@68 4217 PNG_FREE_TEXT, PNG_FREE_UNKN,
jpayne@68 4218 or simply PNG_FREE_ALL
jpayne@68 4219
jpayne@68 4220 seq - sequence number of item to be freed
jpayne@68 4221 (\-1 for all items)
jpayne@68 4222
jpayne@68 4223 This function may be safely called when the relevant storage has
jpayne@68 4224 already been freed, or has not yet been allocated, or was allocated
jpayne@68 4225 by the user and not by libpng, and will in those cases do nothing.
jpayne@68 4226 The "seq" parameter is ignored if only one item of the selected data
jpayne@68 4227 type, such as PLTE, is allowed. If "seq" is not \-1, and multiple items
jpayne@68 4228 are allowed for the data type identified in the mask, such as text or
jpayne@68 4229 sPLT, only the n'th item in the structure is freed, where n is "seq".
jpayne@68 4230
jpayne@68 4231 If you allocated data such as a palette that you passed in to libpng
jpayne@68 4232 with png_set_*, you must not free it until just before the call to
jpayne@68 4233 png_destroy_write_struct().
jpayne@68 4234
jpayne@68 4235 The default behavior is only to free data that was allocated internally
jpayne@68 4236 by libpng. This can be changed, so that libpng will not free the data,
jpayne@68 4237 or so that it will free data that was allocated by the user with png_malloc()
jpayne@68 4238 or png_calloc() and passed in via a png_set_*() function, with
jpayne@68 4239
jpayne@68 4240 png_data_freer(png_ptr, info_ptr, freer, mask)
jpayne@68 4241
jpayne@68 4242 freer - one of
jpayne@68 4243 PNG_DESTROY_WILL_FREE_DATA
jpayne@68 4244 PNG_SET_WILL_FREE_DATA
jpayne@68 4245 PNG_USER_WILL_FREE_DATA
jpayne@68 4246
jpayne@68 4247 mask - which data elements are affected
jpayne@68 4248 same choices as in png_free_data()
jpayne@68 4249
jpayne@68 4250 For example, to transfer responsibility for some data from a read structure
jpayne@68 4251 to a write structure, you could use
jpayne@68 4252
jpayne@68 4253 png_data_freer(read_ptr, read_info_ptr,
jpayne@68 4254 PNG_USER_WILL_FREE_DATA,
jpayne@68 4255 PNG_FREE_PLTE|PNG_FREE_tRNS|PNG_FREE_hIST)
jpayne@68 4256
jpayne@68 4257 png_data_freer(write_ptr, write_info_ptr,
jpayne@68 4258 PNG_DESTROY_WILL_FREE_DATA,
jpayne@68 4259 PNG_FREE_PLTE|PNG_FREE_tRNS|PNG_FREE_hIST)
jpayne@68 4260
jpayne@68 4261 thereby briefly reassigning responsibility for freeing to the user but
jpayne@68 4262 immediately afterwards reassigning it once more to the write_destroy
jpayne@68 4263 function. Having done this, it would then be safe to destroy the read
jpayne@68 4264 structure and continue to use the PLTE, tRNS, and hIST data in the write
jpayne@68 4265 structure.
jpayne@68 4266
jpayne@68 4267 This function only affects data that has already been allocated.
jpayne@68 4268 You can call this function before calling after the png_set_*() functions
jpayne@68 4269 to control whether the user or png_destroy_*() is supposed to free the data.
jpayne@68 4270 When the user assumes responsibility for libpng-allocated data, the
jpayne@68 4271 application must use
jpayne@68 4272 png_free() to free it, and when the user transfers responsibility to libpng
jpayne@68 4273 for data that the user has allocated, the user must have used png_malloc()
jpayne@68 4274 or png_calloc() to allocate it.
jpayne@68 4275
jpayne@68 4276 If you allocated text_ptr.text, text_ptr.lang, and text_ptr.translated_keyword
jpayne@68 4277 separately, do not transfer responsibility for freeing text_ptr to libpng,
jpayne@68 4278 because when libpng fills a png_text structure it combines these members with
jpayne@68 4279 the key member, and png_free_data() will free only text_ptr.key. Similarly,
jpayne@68 4280 if you transfer responsibility for free'ing text_ptr from libpng to your
jpayne@68 4281 application, your application must not separately free those members.
jpayne@68 4282 For a more compact example of writing a PNG image, see the file example.c.
jpayne@68 4283
jpayne@68 4284 .SH V. Simplified API
jpayne@68 4285
jpayne@68 4286 The simplified API, which became available in libpng-1.6.0, hides the details
jpayne@68 4287 of both libpng and the PNG file format itself.
jpayne@68 4288 It allows PNG files to be read into a very limited number of
jpayne@68 4289 in-memory bitmap formats or to be written from the same formats. If these
jpayne@68 4290 formats do not accommodate your needs then you can, and should, use the more
jpayne@68 4291 sophisticated APIs above - these support a wide variety of in-memory formats
jpayne@68 4292 and a wide variety of sophisticated transformations to those formats as well
jpayne@68 4293 as a wide variety of APIs to manipulate ancillary information.
jpayne@68 4294
jpayne@68 4295 To read a PNG file using the simplified API:
jpayne@68 4296
jpayne@68 4297 1) Declare a 'png_image' structure (see below) on the stack, set the
jpayne@68 4298 version field to PNG_IMAGE_VERSION and the 'opaque' pointer to NULL
jpayne@68 4299 (this is REQUIRED, your program may crash if you don't do it.)
jpayne@68 4300
jpayne@68 4301 2) Call the appropriate png_image_begin_read... function.
jpayne@68 4302
jpayne@68 4303 3) Set the png_image 'format' member to the required sample format.
jpayne@68 4304
jpayne@68 4305 4) Allocate a buffer for the image and, if required, the color-map.
jpayne@68 4306
jpayne@68 4307 5) Call png_image_finish_read to read the image and, if required, the
jpayne@68 4308 color-map into your buffers.
jpayne@68 4309
jpayne@68 4310 There are no restrictions on the format of the PNG input itself; all valid
jpayne@68 4311 color types, bit depths, and interlace methods are acceptable, and the
jpayne@68 4312 input image is transformed as necessary to the requested in-memory format
jpayne@68 4313 during the png_image_finish_read() step. The only caveat is that if you
jpayne@68 4314 request a color-mapped image from a PNG that is full-color or makes
jpayne@68 4315 complex use of an alpha channel the transformation is extremely lossy and the
jpayne@68 4316 result may look terrible.
jpayne@68 4317
jpayne@68 4318 To write a PNG file using the simplified API:
jpayne@68 4319
jpayne@68 4320 1) Declare a 'png_image' structure on the stack and memset()
jpayne@68 4321 it to all zero.
jpayne@68 4322
jpayne@68 4323 2) Initialize the members of the structure that describe the
jpayne@68 4324 image, setting the 'format' member to the format of the
jpayne@68 4325 image samples.
jpayne@68 4326
jpayne@68 4327 3) Call the appropriate png_image_write... function with a
jpayne@68 4328 pointer to the image and, if necessary, the color-map to write
jpayne@68 4329 the PNG data.
jpayne@68 4330
jpayne@68 4331 png_image is a structure that describes the in-memory format of an image
jpayne@68 4332 when it is being read or defines the in-memory format of an image that you
jpayne@68 4333 need to write. The "png_image" structure contains the following members:
jpayne@68 4334
jpayne@68 4335 png_controlp opaque Initialize to NULL, free with png_image_free
jpayne@68 4336 png_uint_32 version Set to PNG_IMAGE_VERSION
jpayne@68 4337 png_uint_32 width Image width in pixels (columns)
jpayne@68 4338 png_uint_32 height Image height in pixels (rows)
jpayne@68 4339 png_uint_32 format Image format as defined below
jpayne@68 4340 png_uint_32 flags A bit mask containing informational flags
jpayne@68 4341 png_uint_32 colormap_entries; Number of entries in the color-map
jpayne@68 4342 png_uint_32 warning_or_error;
jpayne@68 4343 char message[64];
jpayne@68 4344
jpayne@68 4345 In the event of an error or warning the "warning_or_error"
jpayne@68 4346 field will be set to a non-zero value and the 'message' field will contain
jpayne@68 4347 a '\0' terminated string with the libpng error or warning message. If both
jpayne@68 4348 warnings and an error were encountered, only the error is recorded. If there
jpayne@68 4349 are multiple warnings, only the first one is recorded.
jpayne@68 4350
jpayne@68 4351 The upper 30 bits of the "warning_or_error" value are reserved; the low two
jpayne@68 4352 bits contain a two bit code such that a value more than 1 indicates a failure
jpayne@68 4353 in the API just called:
jpayne@68 4354
jpayne@68 4355 0 - no warning or error
jpayne@68 4356 1 - warning
jpayne@68 4357 2 - error
jpayne@68 4358 3 - error preceded by warning
jpayne@68 4359
jpayne@68 4360 The pixels (samples) of the image have one to four channels whose components
jpayne@68 4361 have original values in the range 0 to 1.0:
jpayne@68 4362
jpayne@68 4363 1: A single gray or luminance channel (G).
jpayne@68 4364 2: A gray/luminance channel and an alpha channel (GA).
jpayne@68 4365 3: Three red, green, blue color channels (RGB).
jpayne@68 4366 4: Three color channels and an alpha channel (RGBA).
jpayne@68 4367
jpayne@68 4368 The channels are encoded in one of two ways:
jpayne@68 4369
jpayne@68 4370 a) As a small integer, value 0..255, contained in a single byte. For the
jpayne@68 4371 alpha channel the original value is simply value/255. For the color or
jpayne@68 4372 luminance channels the value is encoded according to the sRGB specification
jpayne@68 4373 and matches the 8-bit format expected by typical display devices.
jpayne@68 4374
jpayne@68 4375 The color/gray channels are not scaled (pre-multiplied) by the alpha
jpayne@68 4376 channel and are suitable for passing to color management software.
jpayne@68 4377
jpayne@68 4378 b) As a value in the range 0..65535, contained in a 2-byte integer, in
jpayne@68 4379 the native byte order of the platform on which the application is running.
jpayne@68 4380 All channels can be converted to the original value by dividing by 65535; all
jpayne@68 4381 channels are linear. Color channels use the RGB encoding (RGB end-points) of
jpayne@68 4382 the sRGB specification. This encoding is identified by the
jpayne@68 4383 PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_LINEAR flag below.
jpayne@68 4384
jpayne@68 4385 When the simplified API needs to convert between sRGB and linear colorspaces,
jpayne@68 4386 the actual sRGB transfer curve defined in the sRGB specification (see the
jpayne@68 4387 article at https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRGB) is used, not the gamma=1/2.2
jpayne@68 4388 approximation used elsewhere in libpng.
jpayne@68 4389
jpayne@68 4390 When an alpha channel is present it is expected to denote pixel coverage
jpayne@68 4391 of the color or luminance channels and is returned as an associated alpha
jpayne@68 4392 channel: the color/gray channels are scaled (pre-multiplied) by the alpha
jpayne@68 4393 value.
jpayne@68 4394
jpayne@68 4395 The samples are either contained directly in the image data, between 1 and 8
jpayne@68 4396 bytes per pixel according to the encoding, or are held in a color-map indexed
jpayne@68 4397 by bytes in the image data. In the case of a color-map the color-map entries
jpayne@68 4398 are individual samples, encoded as above, and the image data has one byte per
jpayne@68 4399 pixel to select the relevant sample from the color-map.
jpayne@68 4400
jpayne@68 4401 PNG_FORMAT_*
jpayne@68 4402
jpayne@68 4403 The #defines to be used in png_image::format. Each #define identifies a
jpayne@68 4404 particular layout of channel data and, if present, alpha values. There are
jpayne@68 4405 separate defines for each of the two component encodings.
jpayne@68 4406
jpayne@68 4407 A format is built up using single bit flag values. All combinations are
jpayne@68 4408 valid. Formats can be built up from the flag values or you can use one of
jpayne@68 4409 the predefined values below. When testing formats always use the FORMAT_FLAG
jpayne@68 4410 macros to test for individual features - future versions of the library may
jpayne@68 4411 add new flags.
jpayne@68 4412
jpayne@68 4413 When reading or writing color-mapped images the format should be set to the
jpayne@68 4414 format of the entries in the color-map then png_image_{read,write}_colormap
jpayne@68 4415 called to read or write the color-map and set the format correctly for the
jpayne@68 4416 image data. Do not set the PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLORMAP bit directly!
jpayne@68 4417
jpayne@68 4418 NOTE: libpng can be built with particular features disabled. If you see
jpayne@68 4419 compiler errors because the definition of one of the following flags has been
jpayne@68 4420 compiled out it is because libpng does not have the required support. It is
jpayne@68 4421 possible, however, for the libpng configuration to enable the format on just
jpayne@68 4422 read or just write; in that case you may see an error at run time.
jpayne@68 4423 You can guard against this by checking for the definition of the
jpayne@68 4424 appropriate "_SUPPORTED" macro, one of:
jpayne@68 4425
jpayne@68 4426 PNG_SIMPLIFIED_{READ,WRITE}_{BGR,AFIRST}_SUPPORTED
jpayne@68 4427
jpayne@68 4428 PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_ALPHA format with an alpha channel
jpayne@68 4429 PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLOR color format: otherwise grayscale
jpayne@68 4430 PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_LINEAR 2-byte channels else 1-byte
jpayne@68 4431 PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLORMAP image data is color-mapped
jpayne@68 4432 PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_BGR BGR colors, else order is RGB
jpayne@68 4433 PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_AFIRST alpha channel comes first
jpayne@68 4434
jpayne@68 4435 Supported formats are as follows. Future versions of libpng may support more
jpayne@68 4436 formats; for compatibility with older versions simply check if the format
jpayne@68 4437 macro is defined using #ifdef. These defines describe the in-memory layout
jpayne@68 4438 of the components of the pixels of the image.
jpayne@68 4439
jpayne@68 4440 First the single byte (sRGB) formats:
jpayne@68 4441
jpayne@68 4442 PNG_FORMAT_GRAY
jpayne@68 4443 PNG_FORMAT_GA
jpayne@68 4444 PNG_FORMAT_AG
jpayne@68 4445 PNG_FORMAT_RGB
jpayne@68 4446 PNG_FORMAT_BGR
jpayne@68 4447 PNG_FORMAT_RGBA
jpayne@68 4448 PNG_FORMAT_ARGB
jpayne@68 4449 PNG_FORMAT_BGRA
jpayne@68 4450 PNG_FORMAT_ABGR
jpayne@68 4451
jpayne@68 4452 Then the linear 2-byte formats. When naming these "Y" is used to
jpayne@68 4453 indicate a luminance (gray) channel. The component order within the pixel
jpayne@68 4454 is always the same - there is no provision for swapping the order of the
jpayne@68 4455 components in the linear format. The components are 16-bit integers in
jpayne@68 4456 the native byte order for your platform, and there is no provision for
jpayne@68 4457 swapping the bytes to a different endian condition.
jpayne@68 4458
jpayne@68 4459 PNG_FORMAT_LINEAR_Y
jpayne@68 4460 PNG_FORMAT_LINEAR_Y_ALPHA
jpayne@68 4461 PNG_FORMAT_LINEAR_RGB
jpayne@68 4462 PNG_FORMAT_LINEAR_RGB_ALPHA
jpayne@68 4463
jpayne@68 4464 With color-mapped formats the image data is one byte for each pixel. The byte
jpayne@68 4465 is an index into the color-map which is formatted as above. To obtain a
jpayne@68 4466 color-mapped format it is sufficient just to add the PNG_FOMAT_FLAG_COLORMAP
jpayne@68 4467 to one of the above definitions, or you can use one of the definitions below.
jpayne@68 4468
jpayne@68 4469 PNG_FORMAT_RGB_COLORMAP
jpayne@68 4470 PNG_FORMAT_BGR_COLORMAP
jpayne@68 4471 PNG_FORMAT_RGBA_COLORMAP
jpayne@68 4472 PNG_FORMAT_ARGB_COLORMAP
jpayne@68 4473 PNG_FORMAT_BGRA_COLORMAP
jpayne@68 4474 PNG_FORMAT_ABGR_COLORMAP
jpayne@68 4475
jpayne@68 4476 PNG_IMAGE macros
jpayne@68 4477
jpayne@68 4478 These are convenience macros to derive information from a png_image
jpayne@68 4479 structure. The PNG_IMAGE_SAMPLE_ macros return values appropriate to the
jpayne@68 4480 actual image sample values - either the entries in the color-map or the
jpayne@68 4481 pixels in the image. The PNG_IMAGE_PIXEL_ macros return corresponding values
jpayne@68 4482 for the pixels and will always return 1 for color-mapped formats. The
jpayne@68 4483 remaining macros return information about the rows in the image and the
jpayne@68 4484 complete image.
jpayne@68 4485
jpayne@68 4486 NOTE: All the macros that take a png_image::format parameter are compile time
jpayne@68 4487 constants if the format parameter is, itself, a constant. Therefore these
jpayne@68 4488 macros can be used in array declarations and case labels where required.
jpayne@68 4489 Similarly the macros are also pre-processor constants (sizeof is not used) so
jpayne@68 4490 they can be used in #if tests.
jpayne@68 4491
jpayne@68 4492 PNG_IMAGE_SAMPLE_CHANNELS(fmt)
jpayne@68 4493 Returns the total number of channels in a given format: 1..4
jpayne@68 4494
jpayne@68 4495 PNG_IMAGE_SAMPLE_COMPONENT_SIZE(fmt)
jpayne@68 4496 Returns the size in bytes of a single component of a pixel or color-map
jpayne@68 4497 entry (as appropriate) in the image: 1 or 2.
jpayne@68 4498
jpayne@68 4499 PNG_IMAGE_SAMPLE_SIZE(fmt)
jpayne@68 4500 This is the size of the sample data for one sample. If the image is
jpayne@68 4501 color-mapped it is the size of one color-map entry (and image pixels are
jpayne@68 4502 one byte in size), otherwise it is the size of one image pixel.
jpayne@68 4503
jpayne@68 4504 PNG_IMAGE_MAXIMUM_COLORMAP_COMPONENTS(fmt)
jpayne@68 4505 The maximum size of the color-map required by the format expressed in a
jpayne@68 4506 count of components. This can be used to compile-time allocate a
jpayne@68 4507 color-map:
jpayne@68 4508
jpayne@68 4509 png_uint_16 colormap[PNG_IMAGE_MAXIMUM_COLORMAP_COMPONENTS(linear_fmt)];
jpayne@68 4510
jpayne@68 4511 png_byte colormap[PNG_IMAGE_MAXIMUM_COLORMAP_COMPONENTS(sRGB_fmt)];
jpayne@68 4512
jpayne@68 4513 Alternatively use the PNG_IMAGE_COLORMAP_SIZE macro below to use the
jpayne@68 4514 information from one of the png_image_begin_read_ APIs and dynamically
jpayne@68 4515 allocate the required memory.
jpayne@68 4516
jpayne@68 4517 PNG_IMAGE_COLORMAP_SIZE(fmt)
jpayne@68 4518 The size of the color-map required by the format; this is the size of the
jpayne@68 4519 color-map buffer passed to the png_image_{read,write}_colormap APIs. It is
jpayne@68 4520 a fixed number determined by the format so can easily be allocated on the
jpayne@68 4521 stack if necessary.
jpayne@68 4522
jpayne@68 4523 Corresponding information about the pixels
jpayne@68 4524
jpayne@68 4525 PNG_IMAGE_PIXEL_CHANNELS(fmt)
jpayne@68 4526 The number of separate channels (components) in a pixel; 1 for a
jpayne@68 4527 color-mapped image.
jpayne@68 4528
jpayne@68 4529 PNG_IMAGE_PIXEL_COMPONENT_SIZE(fmt)\
jpayne@68 4530 The size, in bytes, of each component in a pixel; 1 for a color-mapped
jpayne@68 4531 image.
jpayne@68 4532
jpayne@68 4533 PNG_IMAGE_PIXEL_SIZE(fmt)
jpayne@68 4534 The size, in bytes, of a complete pixel; 1 for a color-mapped image.
jpayne@68 4535
jpayne@68 4536 Information about the whole row, or whole image
jpayne@68 4537
jpayne@68 4538 PNG_IMAGE_ROW_STRIDE(image)
jpayne@68 4539 Returns the total number of components in a single row of the image; this
jpayne@68 4540 is the minimum 'row stride', the minimum count of components between each
jpayne@68 4541 row. For a color-mapped image this is the minimum number of bytes in a
jpayne@68 4542 row.
jpayne@68 4543
jpayne@68 4544 If you need the stride measured in bytes, row_stride_bytes is
jpayne@68 4545 PNG_IMAGE_ROW_STRIDE(image) * PNG_IMAGE_PIXEL_COMPONENT_SIZE(fmt)
jpayne@68 4546 plus any padding bytes that your application might need, for example
jpayne@68 4547 to start the next row on a 4-byte boundary.
jpayne@68 4548
jpayne@68 4549 PNG_IMAGE_BUFFER_SIZE(image, row_stride)
jpayne@68 4550 Return the size, in bytes, of an image buffer given a png_image and a row
jpayne@68 4551 stride - the number of components to leave space for in each row.
jpayne@68 4552
jpayne@68 4553 PNG_IMAGE_SIZE(image)
jpayne@68 4554 Return the size, in bytes, of the image in memory given just a png_image;
jpayne@68 4555 the row stride is the minimum stride required for the image.
jpayne@68 4556
jpayne@68 4557 PNG_IMAGE_COLORMAP_SIZE(image)
jpayne@68 4558 Return the size, in bytes, of the color-map of this image. If the image
jpayne@68 4559 format is not a color-map format this will return a size sufficient for
jpayne@68 4560 256 entries in the given format; check PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLORMAP if
jpayne@68 4561 you don't want to allocate a color-map in this case.
jpayne@68 4562
jpayne@68 4563 PNG_IMAGE_FLAG_*
jpayne@68 4564
jpayne@68 4565 Flags containing additional information about the image are held in
jpayne@68 4566 the 'flags' field of png_image.
jpayne@68 4567
jpayne@68 4568 PNG_IMAGE_FLAG_COLORSPACE_NOT_sRGB == 0x01
jpayne@68 4569 This indicates that the RGB values of the in-memory bitmap do not
jpayne@68 4570 correspond to the red, green and blue end-points defined by sRGB.
jpayne@68 4571
jpayne@68 4572 PNG_IMAGE_FLAG_FAST == 0x02
jpayne@68 4573 On write emphasise speed over compression; the resultant PNG file will be
jpayne@68 4574 larger but will be produced significantly faster, particular for large
jpayne@68 4575 images. Do not use this option for images which will be distributed, only
jpayne@68 4576 used it when producing intermediate files that will be read back in
jpayne@68 4577 repeatedly. For a typical 24-bit image the option will double the read
jpayne@68 4578 speed at the cost of increasing the image size by 25%, however for many
jpayne@68 4579 more compressible images the PNG file can be 10 times larger with only a
jpayne@68 4580 slight speed gain.
jpayne@68 4581
jpayne@68 4582 PNG_IMAGE_FLAG_16BIT_sRGB == 0x04
jpayne@68 4583 On read if the image is a 16-bit per component image and there is no gAMA
jpayne@68 4584 or sRGB chunk assume that the components are sRGB encoded. Notice that
jpayne@68 4585 images output by the simplified API always have gamma information; setting
jpayne@68 4586 this flag only affects the interpretation of 16-bit images from an
jpayne@68 4587 external source. It is recommended that the application expose this flag
jpayne@68 4588 to the user; the user can normally easily recognize the difference between
jpayne@68 4589 linear and sRGB encoding. This flag has no effect on write - the data
jpayne@68 4590 passed to the write APIs must have the correct encoding (as defined
jpayne@68 4591 above.)
jpayne@68 4592
jpayne@68 4593 If the flag is not set (the default) input 16-bit per component data is
jpayne@68 4594 assumed to be linear.
jpayne@68 4595
jpayne@68 4596 NOTE: the flag can only be set after the png_image_begin_read_ call,
jpayne@68 4597 because that call initializes the 'flags' field.
jpayne@68 4598
jpayne@68 4599 READ APIs
jpayne@68 4600
jpayne@68 4601 The png_image passed to the read APIs must have been initialized by setting
jpayne@68 4602 the png_controlp field 'opaque' to NULL (or, better, memset the whole thing.)
jpayne@68 4603
jpayne@68 4604 int png_image_begin_read_from_file( png_imagep image,
jpayne@68 4605 const char *file_name)
jpayne@68 4606
jpayne@68 4607 The named file is opened for read and the image header
jpayne@68 4608 is filled in from the PNG header in the file.
jpayne@68 4609
jpayne@68 4610 int png_image_begin_read_from_stdio (png_imagep image,
jpayne@68 4611 FILE* file)
jpayne@68 4612
jpayne@68 4613 The PNG header is read from the stdio FILE object.
jpayne@68 4614
jpayne@68 4615 int png_image_begin_read_from_memory(png_imagep image,
jpayne@68 4616 png_const_voidp memory, size_t size)
jpayne@68 4617
jpayne@68 4618 The PNG header is read from the given memory buffer.
jpayne@68 4619
jpayne@68 4620 int png_image_finish_read(png_imagep image,
jpayne@68 4621 png_colorp background, void *buffer,
jpayne@68 4622 png_int_32 row_stride, void *colormap));
jpayne@68 4623
jpayne@68 4624 Finish reading the image into the supplied buffer and
jpayne@68 4625 clean up the png_image structure.
jpayne@68 4626
jpayne@68 4627 row_stride is the step, in png_byte or png_uint_16 units
jpayne@68 4628 as appropriate, between adjacent rows. A positive stride
jpayne@68 4629 indicates that the top-most row is first in the buffer -
jpayne@68 4630 the normal top-down arrangement. A negative stride
jpayne@68 4631 indicates that the bottom-most row is first in the buffer.
jpayne@68 4632
jpayne@68 4633 background need only be supplied if an alpha channel must
jpayne@68 4634 be removed from a png_byte format and the removal is to be
jpayne@68 4635 done by compositing on a solid color; otherwise it may be
jpayne@68 4636 NULL and any composition will be done directly onto the
jpayne@68 4637 buffer. The value is an sRGB color to use for the
jpayne@68 4638 background, for grayscale output the green channel is used.
jpayne@68 4639
jpayne@68 4640 For linear output removing the alpha channel is always done
jpayne@68 4641 by compositing on black.
jpayne@68 4642
jpayne@68 4643 void png_image_free(png_imagep image)
jpayne@68 4644
jpayne@68 4645 Free any data allocated by libpng in image->opaque,
jpayne@68 4646 setting the pointer to NULL. May be called at any time
jpayne@68 4647 after the structure is initialized.
jpayne@68 4648
jpayne@68 4649 When the simplified API needs to convert between sRGB and linear colorspaces,
jpayne@68 4650 the actual sRGB transfer curve defined in the sRGB specification (see the
jpayne@68 4651 article at https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRGB) is used, not the gamma=1/2.2
jpayne@68 4652 approximation used elsewhere in libpng.
jpayne@68 4653
jpayne@68 4654 WRITE APIS
jpayne@68 4655
jpayne@68 4656 For write you must initialize a png_image structure to describe the image to
jpayne@68 4657 be written:
jpayne@68 4658
jpayne@68 4659 version: must be set to PNG_IMAGE_VERSION
jpayne@68 4660 opaque: must be initialized to NULL
jpayne@68 4661 width: image width in pixels
jpayne@68 4662 height: image height in rows
jpayne@68 4663 format: the format of the data you wish to write
jpayne@68 4664 flags: set to 0 unless one of the defined flags applies; set
jpayne@68 4665 PNG_IMAGE_FLAG_COLORSPACE_NOT_sRGB for color format images
jpayne@68 4666 where the RGB values do not correspond to the colors in sRGB.
jpayne@68 4667 colormap_entries: set to the number of entries in the color-map (0 to 256)
jpayne@68 4668
jpayne@68 4669 int png_image_write_to_file, (png_imagep image,
jpayne@68 4670 const char *file, int convert_to_8bit, const void *buffer,
jpayne@68 4671 png_int_32 row_stride, const void *colormap));
jpayne@68 4672
jpayne@68 4673 Write the image to the named file.
jpayne@68 4674
jpayne@68 4675 int png_image_write_to_memory (png_imagep image, void *memory,
jpayne@68 4676 png_alloc_size_t * PNG_RESTRICT memory_bytes,
jpayne@68 4677 int convert_to_8_bit, const void *buffer, ptrdiff_t row_stride,
jpayne@68 4678 const void *colormap));
jpayne@68 4679
jpayne@68 4680 Write the image to memory.
jpayne@68 4681
jpayne@68 4682 int png_image_write_to_stdio(png_imagep image, FILE *file,
jpayne@68 4683 int convert_to_8_bit, const void *buffer,
jpayne@68 4684 png_int_32 row_stride, const void *colormap)
jpayne@68 4685
jpayne@68 4686 Write the image to the given (FILE*).
jpayne@68 4687
jpayne@68 4688 With all write APIs if image is in one of the linear formats with
jpayne@68 4689 (png_uint_16) data then setting convert_to_8_bit will cause the output to be
jpayne@68 4690 a (png_byte) PNG gamma encoded according to the sRGB specification, otherwise
jpayne@68 4691 a 16-bit linear encoded PNG file is written.
jpayne@68 4692
jpayne@68 4693 With all APIs row_stride is handled as in the read APIs - it is the spacing
jpayne@68 4694 from one row to the next in component sized units (float) and if negative
jpayne@68 4695 indicates a bottom-up row layout in the buffer. If you pass zero, libpng will
jpayne@68 4696 calculate the row_stride for you from the width and number of channels.
jpayne@68 4697
jpayne@68 4698 Note that the write API does not support interlacing, sub-8-bit pixels,
jpayne@68 4699 indexed (paletted) images, or most ancillary chunks.
jpayne@68 4700
jpayne@68 4701 .SH VI. Modifying/Customizing libpng
jpayne@68 4702
jpayne@68 4703 There are two issues here. The first is changing how libpng does
jpayne@68 4704 standard things like memory allocation, input/output, and error handling.
jpayne@68 4705 The second deals with more complicated things like adding new chunks,
jpayne@68 4706 adding new transformations, and generally changing how libpng works.
jpayne@68 4707 Both of those are compile-time issues; that is, they are generally
jpayne@68 4708 determined at the time the code is written, and there is rarely a need
jpayne@68 4709 to provide the user with a means of changing them.
jpayne@68 4710
jpayne@68 4711 Memory allocation, input/output, and error handling
jpayne@68 4712
jpayne@68 4713 All of the memory allocation, input/output, and error handling in libpng
jpayne@68 4714 goes through callbacks that are user-settable. The default routines are
jpayne@68 4715 in pngmem.c, pngrio.c, pngwio.c, and pngerror.c, respectively. To change
jpayne@68 4716 these functions, call the appropriate png_set_*_fn() function.
jpayne@68 4717
jpayne@68 4718 Memory allocation is done through the functions png_malloc(), png_calloc(),
jpayne@68 4719 and png_free(). The png_malloc() and png_free() functions currently just
jpayne@68 4720 call the standard C functions and png_calloc() calls png_malloc() and then
jpayne@68 4721 clears the newly allocated memory to zero; note that png_calloc(png_ptr, size)
jpayne@68 4722 is not the same as the calloc(number, size) function provided by stdlib.h.
jpayne@68 4723 There is limited support for certain systems with segmented memory
jpayne@68 4724 architectures and the types of pointers declared by png.h match this; you
jpayne@68 4725 will have to use appropriate pointers in your application. If you prefer
jpayne@68 4726 to use a different method of allocating and freeing data, you can use
jpayne@68 4727 png_create_read_struct_2() or png_create_write_struct_2() to register your
jpayne@68 4728 own functions as described above. These functions also provide a void
jpayne@68 4729 pointer that can be retrieved via
jpayne@68 4730
jpayne@68 4731 mem_ptr = png_get_mem_ptr(png_ptr);
jpayne@68 4732
jpayne@68 4733 Your replacement memory functions must have prototypes as follows:
jpayne@68 4734
jpayne@68 4735 png_voidp malloc_fn(png_structp png_ptr,
jpayne@68 4736 png_alloc_size_t size);
jpayne@68 4737
jpayne@68 4738 void free_fn(png_structp png_ptr, png_voidp ptr);
jpayne@68 4739
jpayne@68 4740 Your malloc_fn() must return NULL in case of failure. The png_malloc()
jpayne@68 4741 function will normally call png_error() if it receives a NULL from the
jpayne@68 4742 system memory allocator or from your replacement malloc_fn().
jpayne@68 4743
jpayne@68 4744 Your free_fn() will never be called with a NULL ptr, since libpng's
jpayne@68 4745 png_free() checks for NULL before calling free_fn().
jpayne@68 4746
jpayne@68 4747 Input/Output in libpng is done through png_read() and png_write(),
jpayne@68 4748 which currently just call fread() and fwrite(). The FILE * is stored in
jpayne@68 4749 png_struct and is initialized via png_init_io(). If you wish to change
jpayne@68 4750 the method of I/O, the library supplies callbacks that you can set
jpayne@68 4751 through the function png_set_read_fn() and png_set_write_fn() at run
jpayne@68 4752 time, instead of calling the png_init_io() function. These functions
jpayne@68 4753 also provide a void pointer that can be retrieved via the function
jpayne@68 4754 png_get_io_ptr(). For example:
jpayne@68 4755
jpayne@68 4756 png_set_read_fn(png_structp read_ptr,
jpayne@68 4757 voidp read_io_ptr, png_rw_ptr read_data_fn)
jpayne@68 4758
jpayne@68 4759 png_set_write_fn(png_structp write_ptr,
jpayne@68 4760 voidp write_io_ptr, png_rw_ptr write_data_fn,
jpayne@68 4761 png_flush_ptr output_flush_fn);
jpayne@68 4762
jpayne@68 4763 voidp read_io_ptr = png_get_io_ptr(read_ptr);
jpayne@68 4764 voidp write_io_ptr = png_get_io_ptr(write_ptr);
jpayne@68 4765
jpayne@68 4766 The replacement I/O functions must have prototypes as follows:
jpayne@68 4767
jpayne@68 4768 void user_read_data(png_structp png_ptr,
jpayne@68 4769 png_bytep data, size_t length);
jpayne@68 4770
jpayne@68 4771 void user_write_data(png_structp png_ptr,
jpayne@68 4772 png_bytep data, size_t length);
jpayne@68 4773
jpayne@68 4774 void user_flush_data(png_structp png_ptr);
jpayne@68 4775
jpayne@68 4776 The user_read_data() function is responsible for detecting and
jpayne@68 4777 handling end-of-data errors.
jpayne@68 4778
jpayne@68 4779 Supplying NULL for the read, write, or flush functions sets them back
jpayne@68 4780 to using the default C stream functions, which expect the io_ptr to
jpayne@68 4781 point to a standard *FILE structure. It is probably a mistake
jpayne@68 4782 to use NULL for one of write_data_fn and output_flush_fn but not both
jpayne@68 4783 of them, unless you have built libpng with PNG_NO_WRITE_FLUSH defined.
jpayne@68 4784 It is an error to read from a write stream, and vice versa.
jpayne@68 4785
jpayne@68 4786 Error handling in libpng is done through png_error() and png_warning().
jpayne@68 4787 Errors handled through png_error() are fatal, meaning that png_error()
jpayne@68 4788 should never return to its caller. Currently, this is handled via
jpayne@68 4789 setjmp() and longjmp() (unless you have compiled libpng with
jpayne@68 4790 PNG_NO_SETJMP, in which case it is handled via PNG_ABORT()),
jpayne@68 4791 but you could change this to do things like exit() if you should wish,
jpayne@68 4792 as long as your function does not return.
jpayne@68 4793
jpayne@68 4794 On non-fatal errors, png_warning() is called
jpayne@68 4795 to print a warning message, and then control returns to the calling code.
jpayne@68 4796 By default png_error() and png_warning() print a message on stderr via
jpayne@68 4797 fprintf() unless the library is compiled with PNG_NO_CONSOLE_IO defined
jpayne@68 4798 (because you don't want the messages) or PNG_NO_STDIO defined (because
jpayne@68 4799 fprintf() isn't available). If you wish to change the behavior of the error
jpayne@68 4800 functions, you will need to set up your own message callbacks. These
jpayne@68 4801 functions are normally supplied at the time that the png_struct is created.
jpayne@68 4802 It is also possible to redirect errors and warnings to your own replacement
jpayne@68 4803 functions after png_create_*_struct() has been called by calling:
jpayne@68 4804
jpayne@68 4805 png_set_error_fn(png_structp png_ptr,
jpayne@68 4806 png_voidp error_ptr, png_error_ptr error_fn,
jpayne@68 4807 png_error_ptr warning_fn);
jpayne@68 4808
jpayne@68 4809 If NULL is supplied for either error_fn or warning_fn, then the libpng
jpayne@68 4810 default function will be used, calling fprintf() and/or longjmp() if a
jpayne@68 4811 problem is encountered. The replacement error functions should have
jpayne@68 4812 parameters as follows:
jpayne@68 4813
jpayne@68 4814 void user_error_fn(png_structp png_ptr,
jpayne@68 4815 png_const_charp error_msg);
jpayne@68 4816
jpayne@68 4817 void user_warning_fn(png_structp png_ptr,
jpayne@68 4818 png_const_charp warning_msg);
jpayne@68 4819
jpayne@68 4820 Then, within your user_error_fn or user_warning_fn, you can retrieve
jpayne@68 4821 the error_ptr if you need it, by calling
jpayne@68 4822
jpayne@68 4823 png_voidp error_ptr = png_get_error_ptr(png_ptr);
jpayne@68 4824
jpayne@68 4825 The motivation behind using setjmp() and longjmp() is the C++ throw and
jpayne@68 4826 catch exception handling methods. This makes the code much easier to write,
jpayne@68 4827 as there is no need to check every return code of every function call.
jpayne@68 4828 However, there are some uncertainties about the status of local variables
jpayne@68 4829 after a longjmp, so the user may want to be careful about doing anything
jpayne@68 4830 after setjmp returns non-zero besides returning itself. Consult your
jpayne@68 4831 compiler documentation for more details. For an alternative approach, you
jpayne@68 4832 may wish to use the "cexcept" facility (see https://cexcept.sourceforge.io/),
jpayne@68 4833 which is illustrated in pngvalid.c and in contrib/visupng.
jpayne@68 4834
jpayne@68 4835 Beginning in libpng-1.4.0, the png_set_benign_errors() API became available.
jpayne@68 4836 You can use this to handle certain errors (normally handled as errors)
jpayne@68 4837 as warnings.
jpayne@68 4838
jpayne@68 4839 png_set_benign_errors (png_ptr, int allowed);
jpayne@68 4840
jpayne@68 4841 allowed: 0: treat png_benign_error() as an error.
jpayne@68 4842 1: treat png_benign_error() as a warning.
jpayne@68 4843
jpayne@68 4844 As of libpng-1.6.0, the default condition is to treat benign errors as
jpayne@68 4845 warnings while reading and as errors while writing.
jpayne@68 4846
jpayne@68 4847 .SS Custom chunks
jpayne@68 4848
jpayne@68 4849 If you need to read or write custom chunks, you may need to get deeper
jpayne@68 4850 into the libpng code. The library now has mechanisms for storing
jpayne@68 4851 and writing chunks of unknown type; you can even declare callbacks
jpayne@68 4852 for custom chunks. However, this may not be good enough if the
jpayne@68 4853 library code itself needs to know about interactions between your
jpayne@68 4854 chunk and existing `intrinsic' chunks.
jpayne@68 4855
jpayne@68 4856 If you need to write a new intrinsic chunk, first read the PNG
jpayne@68 4857 specification. Acquire a first level of understanding of how it works.
jpayne@68 4858 Pay particular attention to the sections that describe chunk names,
jpayne@68 4859 and look at how other chunks were designed, so you can do things
jpayne@68 4860 similarly. Second, check out the sections of libpng that read and
jpayne@68 4861 write chunks. Try to find a chunk that is similar to yours and use
jpayne@68 4862 it as a template. More details can be found in the comments inside
jpayne@68 4863 the code. It is best to handle private or unknown chunks in a generic method,
jpayne@68 4864 via callback functions, instead of by modifying libpng functions. This
jpayne@68 4865 is illustrated in pngtest.c, which uses a callback function to handle a
jpayne@68 4866 private "vpAg" chunk and the new "sTER" chunk, which are both unknown to
jpayne@68 4867 libpng.
jpayne@68 4868
jpayne@68 4869 If you wish to write your own transformation for the data, look through
jpayne@68 4870 the part of the code that does the transformations, and check out some of
jpayne@68 4871 the simpler ones to get an idea of how they work. Try to find a similar
jpayne@68 4872 transformation to the one you want to add and copy off of it. More details
jpayne@68 4873 can be found in the comments inside the code itself.
jpayne@68 4874
jpayne@68 4875 .SS Configuring for gui/windowing platforms:
jpayne@68 4876
jpayne@68 4877 You will need to write new error and warning functions that use the GUI
jpayne@68 4878 interface, as described previously, and set them to be the error and
jpayne@68 4879 warning functions at the time that png_create_*_struct() is called,
jpayne@68 4880 in order to have them available during the structure initialization.
jpayne@68 4881 They can be changed later via png_set_error_fn(). On some compilers,
jpayne@68 4882 you may also have to change the memory allocators (png_malloc, etc.).
jpayne@68 4883
jpayne@68 4884 .SS Configuring zlib:
jpayne@68 4885
jpayne@68 4886 There are special functions to configure the compression. Perhaps the
jpayne@68 4887 most useful one changes the compression level, which currently uses
jpayne@68 4888 input compression values in the range 0 - 9. The library normally
jpayne@68 4889 uses the default compression level (Z_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION = 6). Tests
jpayne@68 4890 have shown that for a large majority of images, compression values in
jpayne@68 4891 the range 3-6 compress nearly as well as higher levels, and do so much
jpayne@68 4892 faster. For online applications it may be desirable to have maximum speed
jpayne@68 4893 (Z_BEST_SPEED = 1). With versions of zlib after v0.99, you can also
jpayne@68 4894 specify no compression (Z_NO_COMPRESSION = 0), but this would create
jpayne@68 4895 files larger than just storing the raw bitmap. You can specify the
jpayne@68 4896 compression level by calling:
jpayne@68 4897
jpayne@68 4898 #include zlib.h
jpayne@68 4899 png_set_compression_level(png_ptr, level);
jpayne@68 4900
jpayne@68 4901 Another useful one is to reduce the memory level used by the library.
jpayne@68 4902 The memory level defaults to 8, but it can be lowered if you are
jpayne@68 4903 short on memory (running DOS, for example, where you only have 640K).
jpayne@68 4904 Note that the memory level does have an effect on compression; among
jpayne@68 4905 other things, lower levels will result in sections of incompressible
jpayne@68 4906 data being emitted in smaller stored blocks, with a correspondingly
jpayne@68 4907 larger relative overhead of up to 15% in the worst case.
jpayne@68 4908
jpayne@68 4909 #include zlib.h
jpayne@68 4910 png_set_compression_mem_level(png_ptr, level);
jpayne@68 4911
jpayne@68 4912 The other functions are for configuring zlib. They are not recommended
jpayne@68 4913 for normal use and may result in writing an invalid PNG file. See
jpayne@68 4914 zlib.h for more information on what these mean.
jpayne@68 4915
jpayne@68 4916 #include zlib.h
jpayne@68 4917 png_set_compression_strategy(png_ptr,
jpayne@68 4918 strategy);
jpayne@68 4919
jpayne@68 4920 png_set_compression_window_bits(png_ptr,
jpayne@68 4921 window_bits);
jpayne@68 4922
jpayne@68 4923 png_set_compression_method(png_ptr, method);
jpayne@68 4924
jpayne@68 4925 This controls the size of the IDAT chunks (default 8192):
jpayne@68 4926
jpayne@68 4927 png_set_compression_buffer_size(png_ptr, size);
jpayne@68 4928
jpayne@68 4929 As of libpng version 1.5.4, additional APIs became
jpayne@68 4930 available to set these separately for non-IDAT
jpayne@68 4931 compressed chunks such as zTXt, iTXt, and iCCP:
jpayne@68 4932
jpayne@68 4933 #include zlib.h
jpayne@68 4934 #if PNG_LIBPNG_VER >= 10504
jpayne@68 4935 png_set_text_compression_level(png_ptr, level);
jpayne@68 4936
jpayne@68 4937 png_set_text_compression_mem_level(png_ptr, level);
jpayne@68 4938
jpayne@68 4939 png_set_text_compression_strategy(png_ptr,
jpayne@68 4940 strategy);
jpayne@68 4941
jpayne@68 4942 png_set_text_compression_window_bits(png_ptr,
jpayne@68 4943 window_bits);
jpayne@68 4944
jpayne@68 4945 png_set_text_compression_method(png_ptr, method);
jpayne@68 4946 #endif
jpayne@68 4947
jpayne@68 4948 .SS Controlling row filtering
jpayne@68 4949
jpayne@68 4950 If you want to control whether libpng uses filtering or not, which
jpayne@68 4951 filters are used, and how it goes about picking row filters, you
jpayne@68 4952 can call one of these functions. The selection and configuration
jpayne@68 4953 of row filters can have a significant impact on the size and
jpayne@68 4954 encoding speed and a somewhat lesser impact on the decoding speed
jpayne@68 4955 of an image. Filtering is enabled by default for RGB and grayscale
jpayne@68 4956 images (with and without alpha), but not for paletted images nor
jpayne@68 4957 for any images with bit depths less than 8 bits/pixel.
jpayne@68 4958
jpayne@68 4959 The 'method' parameter sets the main filtering method, which is
jpayne@68 4960 currently only '0' in the PNG 1.2 specification. The 'filters'
jpayne@68 4961 parameter sets which filter(s), if any, should be used for each
jpayne@68 4962 scanline. Possible values are PNG_ALL_FILTERS, PNG_NO_FILTERS,
jpayne@68 4963 or PNG_FAST_FILTERS to turn filtering on and off, or to turn on
jpayne@68 4964 just the fast-decoding subset of filters, respectively.
jpayne@68 4965
jpayne@68 4966 Individual filter types are PNG_FILTER_NONE, PNG_FILTER_SUB,
jpayne@68 4967 PNG_FILTER_UP, PNG_FILTER_AVG, PNG_FILTER_PAETH, which can be bitwise
jpayne@68 4968 ORed together with '|' to specify one or more filters to use.
jpayne@68 4969 These filters are described in more detail in the PNG specification.
jpayne@68 4970 If you intend to change the filter type during the course of writing
jpayne@68 4971 the image, you should start with flags set for all of the filters
jpayne@68 4972 you intend to use so that libpng can initialize its internal
jpayne@68 4973 structures appropriately for all of the filter types. (Note that this
jpayne@68 4974 means the first row must always be adaptively filtered, because libpng
jpayne@68 4975 currently does not allocate the filter buffers until png_write_row()
jpayne@68 4976 is called for the first time.)
jpayne@68 4977
jpayne@68 4978 filters = PNG_NO_FILTERS;
jpayne@68 4979 filters = PNG_ALL_FILTERS;
jpayne@68 4980 filters = PNG_FAST_FILTERS;
jpayne@68 4981
jpayne@68 4982 or
jpayne@68 4983
jpayne@68 4984 filters = PNG_FILTER_NONE | PNG_FILTER_SUB |
jpayne@68 4985 PNG_FILTER_UP | PNG_FILTER_AVG |
jpayne@68 4986 PNG_FILTER_PAETH;
jpayne@68 4987
jpayne@68 4988 png_set_filter(png_ptr, PNG_FILTER_TYPE_BASE,
jpayne@68 4989 filters);
jpayne@68 4990
jpayne@68 4991 The second parameter can also be
jpayne@68 4992 PNG_INTRAPIXEL_DIFFERENCING if you are
jpayne@68 4993 writing a PNG to be embedded in a MNG
jpayne@68 4994 datastream. This parameter must be the
jpayne@68 4995 same as the value of filter_method used
jpayne@68 4996 in png_set_IHDR().
jpayne@68 4997
jpayne@68 4998 .SS Requesting debug printout
jpayne@68 4999
jpayne@68 5000 The macro definition PNG_DEBUG can be used to request debugging
jpayne@68 5001 printout. Set it to an integer value in the range 0 to 3. Higher
jpayne@68 5002 numbers result in increasing amounts of debugging information. The
jpayne@68 5003 information is printed to the "stderr" file, unless another file
jpayne@68 5004 name is specified in the PNG_DEBUG_FILE macro definition.
jpayne@68 5005
jpayne@68 5006 When PNG_DEBUG > 0, the following functions (macros) become available:
jpayne@68 5007
jpayne@68 5008 png_debug(level, message)
jpayne@68 5009 png_debug1(level, message, p1)
jpayne@68 5010 png_debug2(level, message, p1, p2)
jpayne@68 5011
jpayne@68 5012 in which "level" is compared to PNG_DEBUG to decide whether to print
jpayne@68 5013 the message, "message" is the formatted string to be printed,
jpayne@68 5014 and p1 and p2 are parameters that are to be embedded in the string
jpayne@68 5015 according to printf-style formatting directives. For example,
jpayne@68 5016
jpayne@68 5017 png_debug1(2, "foo=%d", foo);
jpayne@68 5018
jpayne@68 5019 is expanded to
jpayne@68 5020
jpayne@68 5021 if (PNG_DEBUG > 2)
jpayne@68 5022 fprintf(PNG_DEBUG_FILE, "foo=%d\en", foo);
jpayne@68 5023
jpayne@68 5024 When PNG_DEBUG is defined but is zero, the macros aren't defined, but you
jpayne@68 5025 can still use PNG_DEBUG to control your own debugging:
jpayne@68 5026
jpayne@68 5027 #ifdef PNG_DEBUG
jpayne@68 5028 fprintf(stderr, ...);
jpayne@68 5029 #endif
jpayne@68 5030
jpayne@68 5031 When PNG_DEBUG = 1, the macros are defined, but only png_debug statements
jpayne@68 5032 having level = 0 will be printed. There aren't any such statements in
jpayne@68 5033 this version of libpng, but if you insert some they will be printed.
jpayne@68 5034
jpayne@68 5035 .SH VII. MNG support
jpayne@68 5036
jpayne@68 5037 The MNG specification (available at http://www.libpng.org/pub/mng) allows
jpayne@68 5038 certain extensions to PNG for PNG images that are embedded in MNG datastreams.
jpayne@68 5039 Libpng can support some of these extensions. To enable them, use the
jpayne@68 5040 png_permit_mng_features() function:
jpayne@68 5041
jpayne@68 5042 feature_set = png_permit_mng_features(png_ptr, mask)
jpayne@68 5043
jpayne@68 5044 mask is a png_uint_32 containing the bitwise OR of the
jpayne@68 5045 features you want to enable. These include
jpayne@68 5046 PNG_FLAG_MNG_EMPTY_PLTE
jpayne@68 5047 PNG_FLAG_MNG_FILTER_64
jpayne@68 5048 PNG_ALL_MNG_FEATURES
jpayne@68 5049
jpayne@68 5050 feature_set is a png_uint_32 that is the bitwise AND of
jpayne@68 5051 your mask with the set of MNG features that is
jpayne@68 5052 supported by the version of libpng that you are using.
jpayne@68 5053
jpayne@68 5054 It is an error to use this function when reading or writing a standalone
jpayne@68 5055 PNG file with the PNG 8-byte signature. The PNG datastream must be wrapped
jpayne@68 5056 in a MNG datastream. As a minimum, it must have the MNG 8-byte signature
jpayne@68 5057 and the MHDR and MEND chunks. Libpng does not provide support for these
jpayne@68 5058 or any other MNG chunks; your application must provide its own support for
jpayne@68 5059 them. You may wish to consider using libmng (available at
jpayne@68 5060 https://www.libmng.com/) instead.
jpayne@68 5061
jpayne@68 5062 .SH VIII. Changes to Libpng from version 0.88
jpayne@68 5063
jpayne@68 5064 It should be noted that versions of libpng later than 0.96 are not
jpayne@68 5065 distributed by the original libpng author, Guy Schalnat, nor by
jpayne@68 5066 Andreas Dilger, who had taken over from Guy during 1996 and 1997, and
jpayne@68 5067 distributed versions 0.89 through 0.96, but rather by another member
jpayne@68 5068 of the original PNG Group, Glenn Randers-Pehrson. Guy and Andreas are
jpayne@68 5069 still alive and well, but they have moved on to other things.
jpayne@68 5070
jpayne@68 5071 The old libpng functions png_read_init(), png_write_init(),
jpayne@68 5072 png_info_init(), png_read_destroy(), and png_write_destroy() have been
jpayne@68 5073 moved to PNG_INTERNAL in version 0.95 to discourage their use. These
jpayne@68 5074 functions will be removed from libpng version 1.4.0.
jpayne@68 5075
jpayne@68 5076 The preferred method of creating and initializing the libpng structures is
jpayne@68 5077 via the png_create_read_struct(), png_create_write_struct(), and
jpayne@68 5078 png_create_info_struct() because they isolate the size of the structures
jpayne@68 5079 from the application, allow version error checking, and also allow the
jpayne@68 5080 use of custom error handling routines during the initialization, which
jpayne@68 5081 the old functions do not. The functions png_read_destroy() and
jpayne@68 5082 png_write_destroy() do not actually free the memory that libpng
jpayne@68 5083 allocated for these structs, but just reset the data structures, so they
jpayne@68 5084 can be used instead of png_destroy_read_struct() and
jpayne@68 5085 png_destroy_write_struct() if you feel there is too much system overhead
jpayne@68 5086 allocating and freeing the png_struct for each image read.
jpayne@68 5087
jpayne@68 5088 Setting the error callbacks via png_set_message_fn() before
jpayne@68 5089 png_read_init() as was suggested in libpng-0.88 is no longer supported
jpayne@68 5090 because this caused applications that do not use custom error functions
jpayne@68 5091 to fail if the png_ptr was not initialized to zero. It is still possible
jpayne@68 5092 to set the error callbacks AFTER png_read_init(), or to change them with
jpayne@68 5093 png_set_error_fn(), which is essentially the same function, but with a new
jpayne@68 5094 name to force compilation errors with applications that try to use the old
jpayne@68 5095 method.
jpayne@68 5096
jpayne@68 5097 Support for the sCAL, iCCP, iTXt, and sPLT chunks was added at libpng-1.0.6;
jpayne@68 5098 however, iTXt support was not enabled by default.
jpayne@68 5099
jpayne@68 5100 Starting with version 1.0.7, you can find out which version of the library
jpayne@68 5101 you are using at run-time:
jpayne@68 5102
jpayne@68 5103 png_uint_32 libpng_vn = png_access_version_number();
jpayne@68 5104
jpayne@68 5105 The number libpng_vn is constructed from the major version, minor
jpayne@68 5106 version with leading zero, and release number with leading zero,
jpayne@68 5107 (e.g., libpng_vn for version 1.0.7 is 10007).
jpayne@68 5108
jpayne@68 5109 Note that this function does not take a png_ptr, so you can call it
jpayne@68 5110 before you've created one.
jpayne@68 5111
jpayne@68 5112 You can also check which version of png.h you used when compiling your
jpayne@68 5113 application:
jpayne@68 5114
jpayne@68 5115 png_uint_32 application_vn = PNG_LIBPNG_VER;
jpayne@68 5116
jpayne@68 5117 .SH IX. Changes to Libpng from version 1.0.x to 1.2.x
jpayne@68 5118
jpayne@68 5119 Support for user memory management was enabled by default. To
jpayne@68 5120 accomplish this, the functions png_create_read_struct_2(),
jpayne@68 5121 png_create_write_struct_2(), png_set_mem_fn(), png_get_mem_ptr(),
jpayne@68 5122 png_malloc_default(), and png_free_default() were added.
jpayne@68 5123
jpayne@68 5124 Support for the iTXt chunk has been enabled by default as of
jpayne@68 5125 version 1.2.41.
jpayne@68 5126
jpayne@68 5127 Support for certain MNG features was enabled.
jpayne@68 5128
jpayne@68 5129 Support for numbered error messages was added. However, we never got
jpayne@68 5130 around to actually numbering the error messages. The function
jpayne@68 5131 png_set_strip_error_numbers() was added (Note: the prototype for this
jpayne@68 5132 function was inadvertently removed from png.h in PNG_NO_ASSEMBLER_CODE
jpayne@68 5133 builds of libpng-1.2.15. It was restored in libpng-1.2.36).
jpayne@68 5134
jpayne@68 5135 The png_malloc_warn() function was added at libpng-1.2.3. This issues
jpayne@68 5136 a png_warning and returns NULL instead of aborting when it fails to
jpayne@68 5137 acquire the requested memory allocation.
jpayne@68 5138
jpayne@68 5139 Support for setting user limits on image width and height was enabled
jpayne@68 5140 by default. The functions png_set_user_limits(), png_get_user_width_max(),
jpayne@68 5141 and png_get_user_height_max() were added at libpng-1.2.6.
jpayne@68 5142
jpayne@68 5143 The png_set_add_alpha() function was added at libpng-1.2.7.
jpayne@68 5144
jpayne@68 5145 The function png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8() was added at libpng-1.2.9.
jpayne@68 5146 Unlike png_set_gray_1_2_4_to_8(), the new function does not expand the
jpayne@68 5147 tRNS chunk to alpha. The png_set_gray_1_2_4_to_8() function is
jpayne@68 5148 deprecated.
jpayne@68 5149
jpayne@68 5150 A number of macro definitions in support of runtime selection of
jpayne@68 5151 assembler code features (especially Intel MMX code support) were
jpayne@68 5152 added at libpng-1.2.0:
jpayne@68 5153
jpayne@68 5154 PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_SUPPORT_COMPILED
jpayne@68 5155 PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_SUPPORT_IN_CPU
jpayne@68 5156 PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_READ_COMBINE_ROW
jpayne@68 5157 PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_READ_INTERLACE
jpayne@68 5158 PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_READ_FILTER_SUB
jpayne@68 5159 PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_READ_FILTER_UP
jpayne@68 5160 PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_READ_FILTER_AVG
jpayne@68 5161 PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_READ_FILTER_PAETH
jpayne@68 5162 PNG_ASM_FLAGS_INITIALIZED
jpayne@68 5163 PNG_MMX_READ_FLAGS
jpayne@68 5164 PNG_MMX_FLAGS
jpayne@68 5165 PNG_MMX_WRITE_FLAGS
jpayne@68 5166 PNG_MMX_FLAGS
jpayne@68 5167
jpayne@68 5168 We added the following functions in support of runtime
jpayne@68 5169 selection of assembler code features:
jpayne@68 5170
jpayne@68 5171 png_get_mmx_flagmask()
jpayne@68 5172 png_set_mmx_thresholds()
jpayne@68 5173 png_get_asm_flags()
jpayne@68 5174 png_get_mmx_bitdepth_threshold()
jpayne@68 5175 png_get_mmx_rowbytes_threshold()
jpayne@68 5176 png_set_asm_flags()
jpayne@68 5177
jpayne@68 5178 We replaced all of these functions with simple stubs in libpng-1.2.20,
jpayne@68 5179 when the Intel assembler code was removed due to a licensing issue.
jpayne@68 5180
jpayne@68 5181 These macros are deprecated:
jpayne@68 5182
jpayne@68 5183 PNG_READ_TRANSFORMS_NOT_SUPPORTED
jpayne@68 5184 PNG_PROGRESSIVE_READ_NOT_SUPPORTED
jpayne@68 5185 PNG_NO_SEQUENTIAL_READ_SUPPORTED
jpayne@68 5186 PNG_WRITE_TRANSFORMS_NOT_SUPPORTED
jpayne@68 5187 PNG_READ_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS_NOT_SUPPORTED
jpayne@68 5188 PNG_WRITE_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS_NOT_SUPPORTED
jpayne@68 5189
jpayne@68 5190 They have been replaced, respectively, by:
jpayne@68 5191
jpayne@68 5192 PNG_NO_READ_TRANSFORMS
jpayne@68 5193 PNG_NO_PROGRESSIVE_READ
jpayne@68 5194 PNG_NO_SEQUENTIAL_READ
jpayne@68 5195 PNG_NO_WRITE_TRANSFORMS
jpayne@68 5196 PNG_NO_READ_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS
jpayne@68 5197 PNG_NO_WRITE_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS
jpayne@68 5198
jpayne@68 5199 PNG_MAX_UINT was replaced with PNG_UINT_31_MAX. It has been
jpayne@68 5200 deprecated since libpng-1.0.16 and libpng-1.2.6.
jpayne@68 5201
jpayne@68 5202 The function
jpayne@68 5203 png_check_sig(sig, num)
jpayne@68 5204 was replaced with
jpayne@68 5205 png_sig_cmp(sig, 0, num) == 0
jpayne@68 5206 It has been deprecated since libpng-0.90.
jpayne@68 5207
jpayne@68 5208 The function
jpayne@68 5209 png_set_gray_1_2_4_to_8()
jpayne@68 5210 which also expands tRNS to alpha was replaced with
jpayne@68 5211 png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8()
jpayne@68 5212 which does not. It has been deprecated since libpng-1.0.18 and 1.2.9.
jpayne@68 5213
jpayne@68 5214 .SH X. Changes to Libpng from version 1.0.x/1.2.x to 1.4.x
jpayne@68 5215
jpayne@68 5216 Private libpng prototypes and macro definitions were moved from
jpayne@68 5217 png.h and pngconf.h into a new pngpriv.h header file.
jpayne@68 5218
jpayne@68 5219 Functions png_set_benign_errors(), png_benign_error(), and
jpayne@68 5220 png_chunk_benign_error() were added.
jpayne@68 5221
jpayne@68 5222 Support for setting the maximum amount of memory that the application
jpayne@68 5223 will allocate for reading chunks was added, as a security measure.
jpayne@68 5224 The functions png_set_chunk_cache_max() and png_get_chunk_cache_max()
jpayne@68 5225 were added to the library.
jpayne@68 5226
jpayne@68 5227 We implemented support for I/O states by adding png_ptr member io_state
jpayne@68 5228 and functions png_get_io_chunk_name() and png_get_io_state() in pngget.c
jpayne@68 5229
jpayne@68 5230 We added PNG_TRANSFORM_GRAY_TO_RGB to the available high-level
jpayne@68 5231 input transforms.
jpayne@68 5232
jpayne@68 5233 Checking for and reporting of errors in the IHDR chunk is more thorough.
jpayne@68 5234
jpayne@68 5235 Support for global arrays was removed, to improve thread safety.
jpayne@68 5236
jpayne@68 5237 Some obsolete/deprecated macros and functions have been removed.
jpayne@68 5238
jpayne@68 5239 Typecasted NULL definitions such as
jpayne@68 5240 #define png_voidp_NULL (png_voidp)NULL
jpayne@68 5241 were eliminated. If you used these in your application, just use
jpayne@68 5242 NULL instead.
jpayne@68 5243
jpayne@68 5244 The png_struct and info_struct members "trans" and "trans_values" were
jpayne@68 5245 changed to "trans_alpha" and "trans_color", respectively.
jpayne@68 5246
jpayne@68 5247 The obsolete, unused pnggccrd.c and pngvcrd.c files and related makefiles
jpayne@68 5248 were removed.
jpayne@68 5249
jpayne@68 5250 The PNG_1_0_X and PNG_1_2_X macros were eliminated.
jpayne@68 5251
jpayne@68 5252 The PNG_LEGACY_SUPPORTED macro was eliminated.
jpayne@68 5253
jpayne@68 5254 Many WIN32_WCE #ifdefs were removed.
jpayne@68 5255
jpayne@68 5256 The functions png_read_init(info_ptr), png_write_init(info_ptr),
jpayne@68 5257 png_info_init(info_ptr), png_read_destroy(), and png_write_destroy()
jpayne@68 5258 have been removed. They have been deprecated since libpng-0.95.
jpayne@68 5259
jpayne@68 5260 The png_permit_empty_plte() was removed. It has been deprecated
jpayne@68 5261 since libpng-1.0.9. Use png_permit_mng_features() instead.
jpayne@68 5262
jpayne@68 5263 We removed the obsolete stub functions png_get_mmx_flagmask(),
jpayne@68 5264 png_set_mmx_thresholds(), png_get_asm_flags(),
jpayne@68 5265 png_get_mmx_bitdepth_threshold(), png_get_mmx_rowbytes_threshold(),
jpayne@68 5266 png_set_asm_flags(), and png_mmx_supported()
jpayne@68 5267
jpayne@68 5268 We removed the obsolete png_check_sig(), png_memcpy_check(), and
jpayne@68 5269 png_memset_check() functions. Instead use png_sig_cmp() == 0,
jpayne@68 5270 memcpy(), and memset(), respectively.
jpayne@68 5271
jpayne@68 5272 The function png_set_gray_1_2_4_to_8() was removed. It has been
jpayne@68 5273 deprecated since libpng-1.0.18 and 1.2.9, when it was replaced with
jpayne@68 5274 png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8() because the former function also
jpayne@68 5275 expanded any tRNS chunk to an alpha channel.
jpayne@68 5276
jpayne@68 5277 Macros for png_get_uint_16, png_get_uint_32, and png_get_int_32
jpayne@68 5278 were added and are used by default instead of the corresponding
jpayne@68 5279 functions. Unfortunately,
jpayne@68 5280 from libpng-1.4.0 until 1.4.4, the png_get_uint_16 macro (but not the
jpayne@68 5281 function) incorrectly returned a value of type png_uint_32.
jpayne@68 5282
jpayne@68 5283 We changed the prototype for png_malloc() from
jpayne@68 5284 png_malloc(png_structp png_ptr, png_uint_32 size)
jpayne@68 5285 to
jpayne@68 5286 png_malloc(png_structp png_ptr, png_alloc_size_t size)
jpayne@68 5287
jpayne@68 5288 This also applies to the prototype for the user replacement malloc_fn().
jpayne@68 5289
jpayne@68 5290 The png_calloc() function was added and is used in place of
jpayne@68 5291 of "png_malloc(); memset();" except in the case in png_read_png()
jpayne@68 5292 where the array consists of pointers; in this case a "for" loop is used
jpayne@68 5293 after the png_malloc() to set the pointers to NULL, to give robust.
jpayne@68 5294 behavior in case the application runs out of memory part-way through
jpayne@68 5295 the process.
jpayne@68 5296
jpayne@68 5297 We changed the prototypes of png_get_compression_buffer_size() and
jpayne@68 5298 png_set_compression_buffer_size() to work with size_t instead of
jpayne@68 5299 png_uint_32.
jpayne@68 5300
jpayne@68 5301 Support for numbered error messages was removed by default, since we
jpayne@68 5302 never got around to actually numbering the error messages. The function
jpayne@68 5303 png_set_strip_error_numbers() was removed from the library by default.
jpayne@68 5304
jpayne@68 5305 The png_zalloc() and png_zfree() functions are no longer exported.
jpayne@68 5306 The png_zalloc() function no longer zeroes out the memory that it
jpayne@68 5307 allocates. Applications that called png_zalloc(png_ptr, number, size)
jpayne@68 5308 can call png_calloc(png_ptr, number*size) instead, and can call
jpayne@68 5309 png_free() instead of png_zfree().
jpayne@68 5310
jpayne@68 5311 Support for dithering was disabled by default in libpng-1.4.0, because
jpayne@68 5312 it has not been well tested and doesn't actually "dither".
jpayne@68 5313 The code was not
jpayne@68 5314 removed, however, and could be enabled by building libpng with
jpayne@68 5315 PNG_READ_DITHER_SUPPORTED defined. In libpng-1.4.2, this support
jpayne@68 5316 was re-enabled, but the function was renamed png_set_quantize() to
jpayne@68 5317 reflect more accurately what it actually does. At the same time,
jpayne@68 5318 the PNG_DITHER_[RED,GREEN_BLUE]_BITS macros were also renamed to
jpayne@68 5319 PNG_QUANTIZE_[RED,GREEN,BLUE]_BITS, and PNG_READ_DITHER_SUPPORTED
jpayne@68 5320 was renamed to PNG_READ_QUANTIZE_SUPPORTED.
jpayne@68 5321
jpayne@68 5322 We removed the trailing '.' from the warning and error messages.
jpayne@68 5323
jpayne@68 5324 .SH XI. Changes to Libpng from version 1.4.x to 1.5.x
jpayne@68 5325
jpayne@68 5326 From libpng-1.4.0 until 1.4.4, the png_get_uint_16 macro (but not the
jpayne@68 5327 function) incorrectly returned a value of type png_uint_32.
jpayne@68 5328 The incorrect macro was removed from libpng-1.4.5.
jpayne@68 5329
jpayne@68 5330 Checking for invalid palette index on write was added at libpng
jpayne@68 5331 1.5.10. If a pixel contains an invalid (out-of-range) index libpng issues
jpayne@68 5332 a benign error. This is enabled by default because this condition is an
jpayne@68 5333 error according to the PNG specification, Clause 11.3.2, but the error can
jpayne@68 5334 be ignored in each png_ptr with
jpayne@68 5335
jpayne@68 5336 png_set_check_for_invalid_index(png_ptr, allowed);
jpayne@68 5337
jpayne@68 5338 allowed - one of
jpayne@68 5339 0: disable benign error (accept the
jpayne@68 5340 invalid data without warning).
jpayne@68 5341 1: enable benign error (treat the
jpayne@68 5342 invalid data as an error or a
jpayne@68 5343 warning).
jpayne@68 5344
jpayne@68 5345 If the error is ignored, or if png_benign_error() treats it as a warning,
jpayne@68 5346 any invalid pixels are decoded as opaque black by the decoder and written
jpayne@68 5347 as-is by the encoder.
jpayne@68 5348
jpayne@68 5349 Retrieving the maximum palette index found was added at libpng-1.5.15.
jpayne@68 5350 This statement must appear after png_read_png() or png_read_image() while
jpayne@68 5351 reading, and after png_write_png() or png_write_image() while writing.
jpayne@68 5352
jpayne@68 5353 int max_palette = png_get_palette_max(png_ptr, info_ptr);
jpayne@68 5354
jpayne@68 5355 This will return the maximum palette index found in the image, or "\-1" if
jpayne@68 5356 the palette was not checked, or "0" if no palette was found. Note that this
jpayne@68 5357 does not account for any palette index used by ancillary chunks such as the
jpayne@68 5358 bKGD chunk; you must check those separately to determine the maximum
jpayne@68 5359 palette index actually used.
jpayne@68 5360
jpayne@68 5361 There are no substantial API changes between the non-deprecated parts of
jpayne@68 5362 the 1.4.5 API and the 1.5.0 API; however, the ability to directly access
jpayne@68 5363 members of the main libpng control structures, png_struct and png_info,
jpayne@68 5364 deprecated in earlier versions of libpng, has been completely removed from
jpayne@68 5365 libpng 1.5, and new private "pngstruct.h", "pnginfo.h", and "pngdebug.h"
jpayne@68 5366 header files were created.
jpayne@68 5367
jpayne@68 5368 We no longer include zlib.h in png.h. The include statement has been moved
jpayne@68 5369 to pngstruct.h, where it is not accessible by applications. Applications that
jpayne@68 5370 need access to information in zlib.h will need to add the '#include "zlib.h"'
jpayne@68 5371 directive. It does not matter whether this is placed prior to or after
jpayne@68 5372 the '"#include png.h"' directive.
jpayne@68 5373
jpayne@68 5374 The png_sprintf(), png_strcpy(), and png_strncpy() macros are no longer used
jpayne@68 5375 and were removed.
jpayne@68 5376
jpayne@68 5377 We moved the png_strlen(), png_memcpy(), png_memset(), and png_memcmp()
jpayne@68 5378 macros into a private header file (pngpriv.h) that is not accessible to
jpayne@68 5379 applications.
jpayne@68 5380
jpayne@68 5381 In png_get_iCCP, the type of "profile" was changed from png_charpp
jpayne@68 5382 to png_bytepp, and in png_set_iCCP, from png_charp to png_const_bytep.
jpayne@68 5383
jpayne@68 5384 There are changes of form in png.h, including new and changed macros to
jpayne@68 5385 declare parts of the API. Some API functions with arguments that are
jpayne@68 5386 pointers to data not modified within the function have been corrected to
jpayne@68 5387 declare these arguments with const.
jpayne@68 5388
jpayne@68 5389 Much of the internal use of C macros to control the library build has also
jpayne@68 5390 changed and some of this is visible in the exported header files, in
jpayne@68 5391 particular the use of macros to control data and API elements visible
jpayne@68 5392 during application compilation may require significant revision to
jpayne@68 5393 application code. (It is extremely rare for an application to do this.)
jpayne@68 5394
jpayne@68 5395 Any program that compiled against libpng 1.4 and did not use deprecated
jpayne@68 5396 features or access internal library structures should compile and work
jpayne@68 5397 against libpng 1.5, except for the change in the prototype for
jpayne@68 5398 png_get_iCCP() and png_set_iCCP() API functions mentioned above.
jpayne@68 5399
jpayne@68 5400 libpng 1.5.0 adds PNG_ PASS macros to help in the reading and writing of
jpayne@68 5401 interlaced images. The macros return the number of rows and columns in
jpayne@68 5402 each pass and information that can be used to de-interlace and (if
jpayne@68 5403 absolutely necessary) interlace an image.
jpayne@68 5404
jpayne@68 5405 libpng 1.5.0 adds an API png_longjmp(png_ptr, value). This API calls
jpayne@68 5406 the application-provided png_longjmp_ptr on the internal, but application
jpayne@68 5407 initialized, longjmp buffer. It is provided as a convenience to avoid
jpayne@68 5408 the need to use the png_jmpbuf macro, which had the unnecessary side
jpayne@68 5409 effect of resetting the internal png_longjmp_ptr value.
jpayne@68 5410
jpayne@68 5411 libpng 1.5.0 includes a complete fixed point API. By default this is
jpayne@68 5412 present along with the corresponding floating point API. In general the
jpayne@68 5413 fixed point API is faster and smaller than the floating point one because
jpayne@68 5414 the PNG file format used fixed point, not floating point. This applies
jpayne@68 5415 even if the library uses floating point in internal calculations. A new
jpayne@68 5416 macro, PNG_FLOATING_ARITHMETIC_SUPPORTED, reveals whether the library
jpayne@68 5417 uses floating point arithmetic (the default) or fixed point arithmetic
jpayne@68 5418 internally for performance critical calculations such as gamma correction.
jpayne@68 5419 In some cases, the gamma calculations may produce slightly different
jpayne@68 5420 results. This has changed the results in png_rgb_to_gray and in alpha
jpayne@68 5421 composition (png_set_background for example). This applies even if the
jpayne@68 5422 original image was already linear (gamma == 1.0) and, therefore, it is
jpayne@68 5423 not necessary to linearize the image. This is because libpng has *not*
jpayne@68 5424 been changed to optimize that case correctly, yet.
jpayne@68 5425
jpayne@68 5426 Fixed point support for the sCAL chunk comes with an important caveat;
jpayne@68 5427 the sCAL specification uses a decimal encoding of floating point values
jpayne@68 5428 and the accuracy of PNG fixed point values is insufficient for
jpayne@68 5429 representation of these values. Consequently a "string" API
jpayne@68 5430 (png_get_sCAL_s and png_set_sCAL_s) is the only reliable way of reading
jpayne@68 5431 arbitrary sCAL chunks in the absence of either the floating point API or
jpayne@68 5432 internal floating point calculations. Starting with libpng-1.5.0, both
jpayne@68 5433 of these functions are present when PNG_sCAL_SUPPORTED is defined. Prior
jpayne@68 5434 to libpng-1.5.0, their presence also depended upon PNG_FIXED_POINT_SUPPORTED
jpayne@68 5435 being defined and PNG_FLOATING_POINT_SUPPORTED not being defined.
jpayne@68 5436
jpayne@68 5437 Applications no longer need to include the optional distribution header
jpayne@68 5438 file pngusr.h or define the corresponding macros during application
jpayne@68 5439 build in order to see the correct variant of the libpng API. From 1.5.0
jpayne@68 5440 application code can check for the corresponding _SUPPORTED macro:
jpayne@68 5441
jpayne@68 5442 #ifdef PNG_INCH_CONVERSIONS_SUPPORTED
jpayne@68 5443 /* code that uses the inch conversion APIs. */
jpayne@68 5444 #endif
jpayne@68 5445
jpayne@68 5446 This macro will only be defined if the inch conversion functions have been
jpayne@68 5447 compiled into libpng. The full set of macros, and whether or not support
jpayne@68 5448 has been compiled in, are available in the header file pnglibconf.h.
jpayne@68 5449 This header file is specific to the libpng build. Notice that prior to
jpayne@68 5450 1.5.0 the _SUPPORTED macros would always have the default definition unless
jpayne@68 5451 reset by pngusr.h or by explicit settings on the compiler command line.
jpayne@68 5452 These settings may produce compiler warnings or errors in 1.5.0 because
jpayne@68 5453 of macro redefinition.
jpayne@68 5454
jpayne@68 5455 Applications can now choose whether to use these macros or to call the
jpayne@68 5456 corresponding function by defining PNG_USE_READ_MACROS or
jpayne@68 5457 PNG_NO_USE_READ_MACROS before including png.h. Notice that this is
jpayne@68 5458 only supported from 1.5.0; defining PNG_NO_USE_READ_MACROS prior to 1.5.0
jpayne@68 5459 will lead to a link failure.
jpayne@68 5460
jpayne@68 5461 Prior to libpng-1.5.4, the zlib compressor used the same set of parameters
jpayne@68 5462 when compressing the IDAT data and textual data such as zTXt and iCCP.
jpayne@68 5463 In libpng-1.5.4 we reinitialized the zlib stream for each type of data.
jpayne@68 5464 We added five png_set_text_*() functions for setting the parameters to
jpayne@68 5465 use with textual data.
jpayne@68 5466
jpayne@68 5467 Prior to libpng-1.5.4, the PNG_READ_16_TO_8_ACCURATE_SCALE_SUPPORTED
jpayne@68 5468 option was off by default, and slightly inaccurate scaling occurred.
jpayne@68 5469 This option can no longer be turned off, and the choice of accurate
jpayne@68 5470 or inaccurate 16-to-8 scaling is by using the new png_set_scale_16_to_8()
jpayne@68 5471 API for accurate scaling or the old png_set_strip_16_to_8() API for simple
jpayne@68 5472 chopping. In libpng-1.5.4, the PNG_READ_16_TO_8_ACCURATE_SCALE_SUPPORTED
jpayne@68 5473 macro became PNG_READ_SCALE_16_TO_8_SUPPORTED, and the PNG_READ_16_TO_8
jpayne@68 5474 macro became PNG_READ_STRIP_16_TO_8_SUPPORTED, to enable the two
jpayne@68 5475 png_set_*_16_to_8() functions separately.
jpayne@68 5476
jpayne@68 5477 Prior to libpng-1.5.4, the png_set_user_limits() function could only be
jpayne@68 5478 used to reduce the width and height limits from the value of
jpayne@68 5479 PNG_USER_WIDTH_MAX and PNG_USER_HEIGHT_MAX, although this document said
jpayne@68 5480 that it could be used to override them. Now this function will reduce or
jpayne@68 5481 increase the limits.
jpayne@68 5482
jpayne@68 5483 Starting in libpng-1.5.22, default user limits were established. These
jpayne@68 5484 can be overridden by application calls to png_set_user_limits(),
jpayne@68 5485 png_set_user_chunk_cache_max(), and/or png_set_user_malloc_max().
jpayne@68 5486 The limits are now
jpayne@68 5487 max possible default
jpayne@68 5488 png_user_width_max 0x7fffffff 1,000,000
jpayne@68 5489 png_user_height_max 0x7fffffff 1,000,000
jpayne@68 5490 png_user_chunk_cache_max 0 (unlimited) 1000
jpayne@68 5491 png_user_chunk_malloc_max 0 (unlimited) 8,000,000
jpayne@68 5492
jpayne@68 5493 The png_set_option() function (and the "options" member of the png struct) was
jpayne@68 5494 added to libpng-1.5.15, with option PNG_ARM_NEON.
jpayne@68 5495
jpayne@68 5496 The library now supports a complete fixed point implementation and can
jpayne@68 5497 thus be used on systems that have no floating point support or very
jpayne@68 5498 limited or slow support. Previously gamma correction, an essential part
jpayne@68 5499 of complete PNG support, required reasonably fast floating point.
jpayne@68 5500
jpayne@68 5501 As part of this the choice of internal implementation has been made
jpayne@68 5502 independent of the choice of fixed versus floating point APIs and all the
jpayne@68 5503 missing fixed point APIs have been implemented.
jpayne@68 5504
jpayne@68 5505 The exact mechanism used to control attributes of API functions has
jpayne@68 5506 changed, as described in the INSTALL file.
jpayne@68 5507
jpayne@68 5508 A new test program, pngvalid, is provided in addition to pngtest.
jpayne@68 5509 pngvalid validates the arithmetic accuracy of the gamma correction
jpayne@68 5510 calculations and includes a number of validations of the file format.
jpayne@68 5511 A subset of the full range of tests is run when "make check" is done
jpayne@68 5512 (in the 'configure' build.) pngvalid also allows total allocated memory
jpayne@68 5513 usage to be evaluated and performs additional memory overwrite validation.
jpayne@68 5514
jpayne@68 5515 Many changes to individual feature macros have been made. The following
jpayne@68 5516 are the changes most likely to be noticed by library builders who
jpayne@68 5517 configure libpng:
jpayne@68 5518
jpayne@68 5519 1) All feature macros now have consistent naming:
jpayne@68 5520
jpayne@68 5521 #define PNG_NO_feature turns the feature off
jpayne@68 5522 #define PNG_feature_SUPPORTED turns the feature on
jpayne@68 5523
jpayne@68 5524 pnglibconf.h contains one line for each feature macro which is either:
jpayne@68 5525
jpayne@68 5526 #define PNG_feature_SUPPORTED
jpayne@68 5527
jpayne@68 5528 if the feature is supported or:
jpayne@68 5529
jpayne@68 5530 /*#undef PNG_feature_SUPPORTED*/
jpayne@68 5531
jpayne@68 5532 if it is not. Library code consistently checks for the 'SUPPORTED' macro.
jpayne@68 5533 It does not, and libpng applications should not, check for the 'NO' macro
jpayne@68 5534 which will not normally be defined even if the feature is not supported.
jpayne@68 5535 The 'NO' macros are only used internally for setting or not setting the
jpayne@68 5536 corresponding 'SUPPORTED' macros.
jpayne@68 5537
jpayne@68 5538 Compatibility with the old names is provided as follows:
jpayne@68 5539
jpayne@68 5540 PNG_INCH_CONVERSIONS turns on PNG_INCH_CONVERSIONS_SUPPORTED
jpayne@68 5541
jpayne@68 5542 And the following definitions disable the corresponding feature:
jpayne@68 5543
jpayne@68 5544 PNG_SETJMP_NOT_SUPPORTED disables SETJMP
jpayne@68 5545 PNG_READ_TRANSFORMS_NOT_SUPPORTED disables READ_TRANSFORMS
jpayne@68 5546 PNG_NO_READ_COMPOSITED_NODIV disables READ_COMPOSITE_NODIV
jpayne@68 5547 PNG_WRITE_TRANSFORMS_NOT_SUPPORTED disables WRITE_TRANSFORMS
jpayne@68 5548 PNG_READ_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS_NOT_SUPPORTED disables READ_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS
jpayne@68 5549 PNG_WRITE_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS_NOT_SUPPORTED disables WRITE_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS
jpayne@68 5550
jpayne@68 5551 Library builders should remove use of the above, inconsistent, names.
jpayne@68 5552
jpayne@68 5553 2) Warning and error message formatting was previously conditional on
jpayne@68 5554 the STDIO feature. The library has been changed to use the
jpayne@68 5555 CONSOLE_IO feature instead. This means that if CONSOLE_IO is disabled
jpayne@68 5556 the library no longer uses the printf(3) functions, even though the
jpayne@68 5557 default read/write implementations use (FILE) style stdio.h functions.
jpayne@68 5558
jpayne@68 5559 3) Three feature macros now control the fixed/floating point decisions:
jpayne@68 5560
jpayne@68 5561 PNG_FLOATING_POINT_SUPPORTED enables the floating point APIs
jpayne@68 5562
jpayne@68 5563 PNG_FIXED_POINT_SUPPORTED enables the fixed point APIs; however, in
jpayne@68 5564 practice these are normally required internally anyway (because the PNG
jpayne@68 5565 file format is fixed point), therefore in most cases PNG_NO_FIXED_POINT
jpayne@68 5566 merely stops the function from being exported.
jpayne@68 5567
jpayne@68 5568 PNG_FLOATING_ARITHMETIC_SUPPORTED chooses between the internal floating
jpayne@68 5569 point implementation or the fixed point one. Typically the fixed point
jpayne@68 5570 implementation is larger and slower than the floating point implementation
jpayne@68 5571 on a system that supports floating point; however, it may be faster on a
jpayne@68 5572 system which lacks floating point hardware and therefore uses a software
jpayne@68 5573 emulation.
jpayne@68 5574
jpayne@68 5575 4) Added PNG_{READ,WRITE}_INT_FUNCTIONS_SUPPORTED. This allows the
jpayne@68 5576 functions to read and write ints to be disabled independently of
jpayne@68 5577 PNG_USE_READ_MACROS, which allows libpng to be built with the functions
jpayne@68 5578 even though the default is to use the macros - this allows applications
jpayne@68 5579 to choose at app buildtime whether or not to use macros (previously
jpayne@68 5580 impossible because the functions weren't in the default build.)
jpayne@68 5581
jpayne@68 5582 .SH XII. Changes to Libpng from version 1.5.x to 1.6.x
jpayne@68 5583
jpayne@68 5584 A "simplified API" has been added (see documentation in png.h and a simple
jpayne@68 5585 example in contrib/examples/pngtopng.c). The new publicly visible API
jpayne@68 5586 includes the following:
jpayne@68 5587
jpayne@68 5588 macros:
jpayne@68 5589 PNG_FORMAT_*
jpayne@68 5590 PNG_IMAGE_*
jpayne@68 5591 structures:
jpayne@68 5592 png_control
jpayne@68 5593 png_image
jpayne@68 5594 read functions
jpayne@68 5595 png_image_begin_read_from_file()
jpayne@68 5596 png_image_begin_read_from_stdio()
jpayne@68 5597 png_image_begin_read_from_memory()
jpayne@68 5598 png_image_finish_read()
jpayne@68 5599 png_image_free()
jpayne@68 5600 write functions
jpayne@68 5601 png_image_write_to_file()
jpayne@68 5602 png_image_write_to_memory()
jpayne@68 5603 png_image_write_to_stdio()
jpayne@68 5604
jpayne@68 5605 Starting with libpng-1.6.0, you can configure libpng to prefix all exported
jpayne@68 5606 symbols, using the PNG_PREFIX macro.
jpayne@68 5607
jpayne@68 5608 We no longer include string.h in png.h. The include statement has been moved
jpayne@68 5609 to pngpriv.h, where it is not accessible by applications. Applications that
jpayne@68 5610 need access to information in string.h must add an '#include <string.h>'
jpayne@68 5611 directive. It does not matter whether this is placed prior to or after
jpayne@68 5612 the '#include "png.h"' directive.
jpayne@68 5613
jpayne@68 5614 The following API are now DEPRECATED:
jpayne@68 5615 png_info_init_3()
jpayne@68 5616 png_convert_to_rfc1123() which has been replaced
jpayne@68 5617 with png_convert_to_rfc1123_buffer()
jpayne@68 5618 png_malloc_default()
jpayne@68 5619 png_free_default()
jpayne@68 5620 png_reset_zstream()
jpayne@68 5621
jpayne@68 5622 The following have been removed:
jpayne@68 5623 png_get_io_chunk_name(), which has been replaced
jpayne@68 5624 with png_get_io_chunk_type(). The new
jpayne@68 5625 function returns a 32-bit integer instead of
jpayne@68 5626 a string.
jpayne@68 5627 The png_sizeof(), png_strlen(), png_memcpy(), png_memcmp(), and
jpayne@68 5628 png_memset() macros are no longer used in the libpng sources and
jpayne@68 5629 have been removed. These had already been made invisible to applications
jpayne@68 5630 (i.e., defined in the private pngpriv.h header file) since libpng-1.5.0.
jpayne@68 5631
jpayne@68 5632 The signatures of many exported functions were changed, such that
jpayne@68 5633 png_structp became png_structrp or png_const_structrp
jpayne@68 5634 png_infop became png_inforp or png_const_inforp
jpayne@68 5635 where "rp" indicates a "restricted pointer".
jpayne@68 5636
jpayne@68 5637 Dropped support for 16-bit platforms. The support for FAR/far types has
jpayne@68 5638 been eliminated and the definition of png_alloc_size_t is now controlled
jpayne@68 5639 by a flag so that 'small size_t' systems can select it if necessary.
jpayne@68 5640
jpayne@68 5641 Error detection in some chunks has improved; in particular the iCCP chunk
jpayne@68 5642 reader now does pretty complete validation of the basic format. Some bad
jpayne@68 5643 profiles that were previously accepted are now accepted with a warning or
jpayne@68 5644 rejected, depending upon the png_set_benign_errors() setting, in particular
jpayne@68 5645 the very old broken Microsoft/HP 3144-byte sRGB profile. Starting with
jpayne@68 5646 libpng-1.6.11, recognizing and checking sRGB profiles can be avoided by
jpayne@68 5647 means of
jpayne@68 5648
jpayne@68 5649 #if defined(PNG_SKIP_sRGB_CHECK_PROFILE) && \
jpayne@68 5650 defined(PNG_SET_OPTION_SUPPORTED)
jpayne@68 5651 png_set_option(png_ptr, PNG_SKIP_sRGB_CHECK_PROFILE,
jpayne@68 5652 PNG_OPTION_ON);
jpayne@68 5653 #endif
jpayne@68 5654
jpayne@68 5655 It's not a good idea to do this if you are using the "simplified API",
jpayne@68 5656 which needs to be able to recognize sRGB profiles conveyed via the iCCP
jpayne@68 5657 chunk.
jpayne@68 5658
jpayne@68 5659 The PNG spec requirement that only grayscale profiles may appear in images
jpayne@68 5660 with color type 0 or 4 and that even if the image only contains gray pixels,
jpayne@68 5661 only RGB profiles may appear in images with color type 2, 3, or 6, is now
jpayne@68 5662 enforced. The sRGB chunk is allowed to appear in images with any color type
jpayne@68 5663 and is interpreted by libpng to convey a one-tracer-curve gray profile or a
jpayne@68 5664 three-tracer-curve RGB profile as appropriate.
jpayne@68 5665
jpayne@68 5666 Libpng 1.5.x erroneously used /MD for Debug DLL builds; if you used the debug
jpayne@68 5667 builds in your app and you changed your app to use /MD you will need to
jpayne@68 5668 change it back to /MDd for libpng 1.6.x.
jpayne@68 5669
jpayne@68 5670 Prior to libpng-1.6.0 a warning would be issued if the iTXt chunk contained
jpayne@68 5671 an empty language field or an empty translated keyword. Both of these
jpayne@68 5672 are allowed by the PNG specification, so these warnings are no longer issued.
jpayne@68 5673
jpayne@68 5674 The library now issues an error if the application attempts to set a
jpayne@68 5675 transform after it calls png_read_update_info() or if it attempts to call
jpayne@68 5676 both png_read_update_info() and png_start_read_image() or to call either
jpayne@68 5677 of them more than once.
jpayne@68 5678
jpayne@68 5679 The default condition for benign_errors is now to treat benign errors as
jpayne@68 5680 warnings while reading and as errors while writing.
jpayne@68 5681
jpayne@68 5682 The library now issues a warning if both background processing and RGB to
jpayne@68 5683 gray are used when gamma correction happens. As with previous versions of
jpayne@68 5684 the library the results are numerically very incorrect in this case.
jpayne@68 5685
jpayne@68 5686 There are some minor arithmetic changes in some transforms such as
jpayne@68 5687 png_set_background(), that might be detected by certain regression tests.
jpayne@68 5688
jpayne@68 5689 Unknown chunk handling has been improved internally, without any API change.
jpayne@68 5690 This adds more correct option control of the unknown handling, corrects
jpayne@68 5691 a pre-existing bug where the per-chunk 'keep' setting is ignored, and makes
jpayne@68 5692 it possible to skip IDAT chunks in the sequential reader.
jpayne@68 5693
jpayne@68 5694 The machine-generated configure files are no longer included in branches
jpayne@68 5695 libpng16 and later of the GIT repository. They continue to be included
jpayne@68 5696 in the tarball releases, however.
jpayne@68 5697
jpayne@68 5698 Libpng-1.6.0 through 1.6.2 used the CMF bytes at the beginning of the IDAT
jpayne@68 5699 stream to set the size of the sliding window for reading instead of using the
jpayne@68 5700 default 32-kbyte sliding window size. It was discovered that there are
jpayne@68 5701 hundreds of PNG files in the wild that have incorrect CMF bytes that caused
jpayne@68 5702 zlib to issue the "invalid distance too far back" error and reject the file.
jpayne@68 5703 Libpng-1.6.3 and later calculate their own safe CMF from the image dimensions,
jpayne@68 5704 provide a way to revert to the libpng-1.5.x behavior (ignoring the CMF bytes
jpayne@68 5705 and using a 32-kbyte sliding window), by using
jpayne@68 5706
jpayne@68 5707 png_set_option(png_ptr, PNG_MAXIMUM_INFLATE_WINDOW,
jpayne@68 5708 PNG_OPTION_ON);
jpayne@68 5709
jpayne@68 5710 and provide a tool (contrib/tools/pngfix) for rewriting a PNG file while
jpayne@68 5711 optimizing the CMF bytes in its IDAT chunk correctly.
jpayne@68 5712
jpayne@68 5713 Libpng-1.6.0 and libpng-1.6.1 wrote uncompressed iTXt chunks with the wrong
jpayne@68 5714 length, which resulted in PNG files that cannot be read beyond the bad iTXt
jpayne@68 5715 chunk. This error was fixed in libpng-1.6.3, and a tool (called
jpayne@68 5716 contrib/tools/png-fix-itxt) has been added to the libpng distribution.
jpayne@68 5717
jpayne@68 5718 Starting with libpng-1.6.17, the PNG_SAFE_LIMITS macro was eliminated
jpayne@68 5719 and safe limits are used by default (users who need larger limits
jpayne@68 5720 can still override them at compile time or run time, as described above).
jpayne@68 5721
jpayne@68 5722 The new limits are
jpayne@68 5723 default spec limit
jpayne@68 5724 png_user_width_max 1,000,000 2,147,483,647
jpayne@68 5725 png_user_height_max 1,000,000 2,147,483,647
jpayne@68 5726 png_user_chunk_cache_max 128 unlimited
jpayne@68 5727 png_user_chunk_malloc_max 8,000,000 unlimited
jpayne@68 5728
jpayne@68 5729 Starting with libpng-1.6.18, a PNG_RELEASE_BUILD macro was added, which allows
jpayne@68 5730 library builders to control compilation for an installed system (a release build).
jpayne@68 5731 It can be set for testing debug or beta builds to ensure that they will compile
jpayne@68 5732 when the build type is switched to RC or STABLE. In essence this overrides the
jpayne@68 5733 PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_BASE_TYPE definition which is not directly user controllable.
jpayne@68 5734
jpayne@68 5735 Starting with libpng-1.6.19, attempting to set an over-length PLTE chunk
jpayne@68 5736 is an error. Previously this requirement of the PNG specification was not
jpayne@68 5737 enforced, and the palette was always limited to 256 entries. An over-length
jpayne@68 5738 PLTE chunk found in an input PNG is silently truncated.
jpayne@68 5739
jpayne@68 5740 Starting with libpng-1.6.31, the eXIf chunk is supported. Libpng does not
jpayne@68 5741 attempt to decode the Exif profile; it simply returns a byte array
jpayne@68 5742 containing the profile to the calling application which must do its own
jpayne@68 5743 decoding.
jpayne@68 5744
jpayne@68 5745 .SH XIII. Detecting libpng
jpayne@68 5746
jpayne@68 5747 The png_get_io_ptr() function has been present since libpng-0.88, has never
jpayne@68 5748 changed, and is unaffected by conditional compilation macros. It is the
jpayne@68 5749 best choice for use in configure scripts for detecting the presence of any
jpayne@68 5750 libpng version since 0.88. In an autoconf "configure.in" you could use
jpayne@68 5751
jpayne@68 5752 AC_CHECK_LIB(png, png_get_io_ptr, ...)
jpayne@68 5753
jpayne@68 5754 .SH XV. Source code repository
jpayne@68 5755
jpayne@68 5756 Since about February 2009, version 1.2.34, libpng has been under "git" source
jpayne@68 5757 control. The git repository was built from old libpng-x.y.z.tar.gz files
jpayne@68 5758 going back to version 0.70. You can access the git repository (read only)
jpayne@68 5759 at
jpayne@68 5760
jpayne@68 5761 https://github.com/pnggroup/libpng or
jpayne@68 5762 https://git.code.sf.net/p/libpng/code.git
jpayne@68 5763
jpayne@68 5764 or you can browse it with a web browser at
jpayne@68 5765
jpayne@68 5766 https://github.com/pnggroup/libpng or
jpayne@68 5767 https://sourceforge.net/p/libpng/code/ci/libpng16/tree/
jpayne@68 5768
jpayne@68 5769 Patches can be sent to png-mng-implement at lists.sourceforge.net or
jpayne@68 5770 uploaded to the libpng bug tracker at
jpayne@68 5771
jpayne@68 5772 https://libpng.sourceforge.io/
jpayne@68 5773
jpayne@68 5774 or as a "pull request" to
jpayne@68 5775
jpayne@68 5776 https://github.com/pnggroup/libpng/pulls
jpayne@68 5777
jpayne@68 5778 We also accept patches built from the tar or zip distributions, and
jpayne@68 5779 simple verbal descriptions of bug fixes, reported either to the
jpayne@68 5780 SourceForge bug tracker, to the png-mng-implement at lists.sf.net
jpayne@68 5781 mailing list, as github issues.
jpayne@68 5782
jpayne@68 5783 .SH XV. Coding style
jpayne@68 5784
jpayne@68 5785 Our coding style is similar to the "Allman" style
jpayne@68 5786 (See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Indent_style#Allman_style), with curly
jpayne@68 5787 braces on separate lines:
jpayne@68 5788
jpayne@68 5789 if (condition)
jpayne@68 5790 {
jpayne@68 5791 action;
jpayne@68 5792 }
jpayne@68 5793
jpayne@68 5794 else if (another condition)
jpayne@68 5795 {
jpayne@68 5796 another action;
jpayne@68 5797 }
jpayne@68 5798
jpayne@68 5799 The braces can be omitted from simple one-line actions:
jpayne@68 5800
jpayne@68 5801 if (condition)
jpayne@68 5802 return 0;
jpayne@68 5803
jpayne@68 5804 We use 3-space indentation, except for continued statements which
jpayne@68 5805 are usually indented the same as the first line of the statement
jpayne@68 5806 plus four more spaces.
jpayne@68 5807
jpayne@68 5808 For macro definitions we use 2-space indentation, always leaving the "#"
jpayne@68 5809 in the first column.
jpayne@68 5810
jpayne@68 5811 #ifndef PNG_NO_FEATURE
jpayne@68 5812 # ifndef PNG_FEATURE_SUPPORTED
jpayne@68 5813 # define PNG_FEATURE_SUPPORTED
jpayne@68 5814 # endif
jpayne@68 5815 #endif
jpayne@68 5816
jpayne@68 5817 Comments appear with the leading "/*" at the same indentation as
jpayne@68 5818 the statement that follows the comment:
jpayne@68 5819
jpayne@68 5820 /* Single-line comment */
jpayne@68 5821 statement;
jpayne@68 5822
jpayne@68 5823 /* This is a multiple-line
jpayne@68 5824 * comment.
jpayne@68 5825 */
jpayne@68 5826 statement;
jpayne@68 5827
jpayne@68 5828 Very short comments can be placed after the end of the statement
jpayne@68 5829 to which they pertain:
jpayne@68 5830
jpayne@68 5831 statement; /* comment */
jpayne@68 5832
jpayne@68 5833 We don't use C++ style ("//") comments. We have, however,
jpayne@68 5834 used them in the past in some now-abandoned MMX assembler
jpayne@68 5835 code.
jpayne@68 5836
jpayne@68 5837 Functions and their curly braces are not indented, and
jpayne@68 5838 exported functions are marked with PNGAPI:
jpayne@68 5839
jpayne@68 5840 /* This is a public function that is visible to
jpayne@68 5841 * application programmers. It does thus-and-so.
jpayne@68 5842 */
jpayne@68 5843 void PNGAPI
jpayne@68 5844 png_exported_function(png_ptr, png_info, foo)
jpayne@68 5845 {
jpayne@68 5846 body;
jpayne@68 5847 }
jpayne@68 5848
jpayne@68 5849 The return type and decorations are placed on a separate line
jpayne@68 5850 ahead of the function name, as illustrated above.
jpayne@68 5851
jpayne@68 5852 The prototypes for all exported functions appear in png.h,
jpayne@68 5853 above the comment that says
jpayne@68 5854
jpayne@68 5855 /* Maintainer: Put new public prototypes here ... */
jpayne@68 5856
jpayne@68 5857 We mark all non-exported functions with "/* PRIVATE */"":
jpayne@68 5858
jpayne@68 5859 void /* PRIVATE */
jpayne@68 5860 png_non_exported_function(png_ptr, png_info, foo)
jpayne@68 5861 {
jpayne@68 5862 body;
jpayne@68 5863 }
jpayne@68 5864
jpayne@68 5865 The prototypes for non-exported functions (except for those in
jpayne@68 5866 pngtest) appear in pngpriv.h above the comment that says
jpayne@68 5867
jpayne@68 5868 /* Maintainer: Put new private prototypes here ^ */
jpayne@68 5869
jpayne@68 5870 To avoid polluting the global namespace, the names of all exported
jpayne@68 5871 functions and variables begin with "png_", and all publicly visible C
jpayne@68 5872 preprocessor macros begin with "PNG". We request that applications that
jpayne@68 5873 use libpng *not* begin any of their own symbols with either of these strings.
jpayne@68 5874
jpayne@68 5875 We put a space after the "sizeof" operator and we omit the
jpayne@68 5876 optional parentheses around its argument when the argument
jpayne@68 5877 is an expression, not a type name, and we always enclose the
jpayne@68 5878 sizeof operator, with its argument, in parentheses:
jpayne@68 5879
jpayne@68 5880 (sizeof (png_uint_32))
jpayne@68 5881 (sizeof array)
jpayne@68 5882
jpayne@68 5883 Prior to libpng-1.6.0 we used a "png_sizeof()" macro, formatted as
jpayne@68 5884 though it were a function.
jpayne@68 5885
jpayne@68 5886 Control keywords if, for, while, and switch are always followed by a space
jpayne@68 5887 to distinguish them from function calls, which have no trailing space.
jpayne@68 5888
jpayne@68 5889 We put a space after each comma and after each semicolon
jpayne@68 5890 in "for" statements, and we put spaces before and after each
jpayne@68 5891 C binary operator and after "for" or "while", and before
jpayne@68 5892 "?". We don't put a space between a typecast and the expression
jpayne@68 5893 being cast, nor do we put one between a function name and the
jpayne@68 5894 left parenthesis that follows it:
jpayne@68 5895
jpayne@68 5896 for (i = 2; i > 0; \-\-i)
jpayne@68 5897 y[i] = a(x) + (int)b;
jpayne@68 5898
jpayne@68 5899 We prefer #ifdef and #ifndef to #if defined() and #if !defined()
jpayne@68 5900 when there is only one macro being tested. We always use parentheses
jpayne@68 5901 with "defined".
jpayne@68 5902
jpayne@68 5903 We express integer constants that are used as bit masks in hex format,
jpayne@68 5904 with an even number of lower-case hex digits, and to make them unsigned
jpayne@68 5905 (e.g., 0x00U, 0xffU, 0x0100U) and long if they are greater than 0x7fff
jpayne@68 5906 (e.g., 0xffffUL).
jpayne@68 5907
jpayne@68 5908 We prefer to use underscores rather than camelCase in names, except
jpayne@68 5909 for a few type names that we inherit from zlib.h.
jpayne@68 5910
jpayne@68 5911 We prefer "if (something != 0)" and "if (something == 0)" over
jpayne@68 5912 "if (something)" and if "(!something)", respectively, and for pointers
jpayne@68 5913 we prefer "if (some_pointer != NULL)" or "if (some_pointer == NULL)".
jpayne@68 5914
jpayne@68 5915 We do not use the TAB character for indentation in the C sources.
jpayne@68 5916
jpayne@68 5917 Lines do not exceed 80 characters.
jpayne@68 5918
jpayne@68 5919 Other rules can be inferred by inspecting the libpng source.
jpayne@68 5920
jpayne@68 5921 .SH NOTE
jpayne@68 5922
jpayne@68 5923 Note about libpng version numbers:
jpayne@68 5924
jpayne@68 5925 Due to various miscommunications, unforeseen code incompatibilities
jpayne@68 5926 and occasional factors outside the authors' control, version numbering
jpayne@68 5927 on the library has not always been consistent and straightforward.
jpayne@68 5928 The following table summarizes matters since version 0.89c, which was
jpayne@68 5929 the first widely used release:
jpayne@68 5930
jpayne@68 5931 source png.h png.h shared-lib
jpayne@68 5932 version string int version
jpayne@68 5933 ------- ------ ----- ----------
jpayne@68 5934 0.89c "1.0 beta 3" 0.89 89 1.0.89
jpayne@68 5935 0.90 "1.0 beta 4" 0.90 90 0.90 [should have been 2.0.90]
jpayne@68 5936 0.95 "1.0 beta 5" 0.95 95 0.95 [should have been 2.0.95]
jpayne@68 5937 0.96 "1.0 beta 6" 0.96 96 0.96 [should have been 2.0.96]
jpayne@68 5938 0.97b "1.00.97 beta 7" 1.00.97 97 1.0.1 [should have been 2.0.97]
jpayne@68 5939 0.97c 0.97 97 2.0.97
jpayne@68 5940 0.98 0.98 98 2.0.98
jpayne@68 5941 0.99 0.99 98 2.0.99
jpayne@68 5942 0.99a-m 0.99 99 2.0.99
jpayne@68 5943 1.00 1.00 100 2.1.0 [100 should be 10000]
jpayne@68 5944 1.0.0 (from here on, the 100 2.1.0 [100 should be 10000]
jpayne@68 5945 1.0.1 png.h string is 10001 2.1.0
jpayne@68 5946 1.0.1a-e identical to the 10002 from here on, the shared library
jpayne@68 5947 1.0.2 source version) 10002 is 2.V where V is the source code
jpayne@68 5948 1.0.2a-b 10003 version, except as noted.
jpayne@68 5949 1.0.3 10003
jpayne@68 5950 1.0.3a-d 10004
jpayne@68 5951 1.0.4 10004
jpayne@68 5952 1.0.4a-f 10005
jpayne@68 5953 1.0.5 (+ 2 patches) 10005
jpayne@68 5954 1.0.5a-d 10006
jpayne@68 5955 1.0.5e-r 10100 (not source compatible)
jpayne@68 5956 1.0.5s-v 10006 (not binary compatible)
jpayne@68 5957 1.0.6 (+ 3 patches) 10006 (still binary incompatible)
jpayne@68 5958 1.0.6d-f 10007 (still binary incompatible)
jpayne@68 5959 1.0.6g 10007
jpayne@68 5960 1.0.6h 10007 10.6h (testing xy.z so-numbering)
jpayne@68 5961 1.0.6i 10007 10.6i
jpayne@68 5962 1.0.6j 10007 2.1.0.6j (incompatible with 1.0.0)
jpayne@68 5963 1.0.7beta11-14 DLLNUM 10007 2.1.0.7beta11-14 (binary compatible)
jpayne@68 5964 1.0.7beta15-18 1 10007 2.1.0.7beta15-18 (binary compatible)
jpayne@68 5965 1.0.7rc1-2 1 10007 2.1.0.7rc1-2 (binary compatible)
jpayne@68 5966 1.0.7 1 10007 (still compatible)
jpayne@68 5967 ...
jpayne@68 5968 1.0.69 10 10069 10.so.0.69[.0]
jpayne@68 5969 ...
jpayne@68 5970 1.2.59 13 10259 12.so.0.59[.0]
jpayne@68 5971 ...
jpayne@68 5972 1.4.20 14 10420 14.so.0.20[.0]
jpayne@68 5973 ...
jpayne@68 5974 1.5.30 15 10530 15.so.15.30[.0]
jpayne@68 5975 ...
jpayne@68 5976 1.6.35 16 10635 16.so.16.35[.0]
jpayne@68 5977
jpayne@68 5978 Henceforth the source version will match the shared-library minor and
jpayne@68 5979 patch numbers; the shared-library major version number will be used for
jpayne@68 5980 changes in backward compatibility, as it is intended.
jpayne@68 5981 The PNG_PNGLIB_VER macro, which is not used within libpng but is
jpayne@68 5982 available for applications, is an unsigned integer of the form XYYZZ
jpayne@68 5983 corresponding to the source version X.Y.Z (leading zeros in Y and Z).
jpayne@68 5984 Beta versions were given the previous public release number plus a
jpayne@68 5985 letter, until version 1.0.6j; from then on they were given the upcoming
jpayne@68 5986 public release number plus "betaNN" or "rcNN".
jpayne@68 5987
jpayne@68 5988 .SH "SEE ALSO"
jpayne@68 5989 .BR "png"(5)
jpayne@68 5990 .IP
jpayne@68 5991 The PNG (Portable Network Graphics) format specification.
jpayne@68 5992 .LP
jpayne@68 5993 .B libpng
jpayne@68 5994 .IP
jpayne@68 5995 http://www.libpng.org/pub/png/libpng.html (canonical home page)
jpayne@68 5996 .br
jpayne@68 5997 https://github.com/pnggroup/libpng (canonical Git repository)
jpayne@68 5998 .br
jpayne@68 5999 https://libpng.sourceforge.io (downloadable archives)
jpayne@68 6000 .LP
jpayne@68 6001 .B zlib
jpayne@68 6002 .IP
jpayne@68 6003 https://zlib.net (canonical home page)
jpayne@68 6004 .br
jpayne@68 6005 https://github.com/madler/zlib (canonical Git repository)
jpayne@68 6006 .br
jpayne@68 6007 A copy of zlib may also be found at the same location as libpng.
jpayne@68 6008 .LP
jpayne@68 6009 In the case of any inconsistency between the PNG specification
jpayne@68 6010 and this library, the specification takes precedence.
jpayne@68 6011
jpayne@68 6012 .SH AUTHORS
jpayne@68 6013 This man page:
jpayne@68 6014 Initially created by Glenn Randers-Pehrson.
jpayne@68 6015 Maintained by Cosmin Truta.
jpayne@68 6016
jpayne@68 6017 The contributing authors would like to thank all those who helped
jpayne@68 6018 with testing, bug fixes, and patience. This wouldn't have been
jpayne@68 6019 possible without all of you.
jpayne@68 6020
jpayne@68 6021 Thanks to Frank J. T. Wojcik for helping with the documentation.
jpayne@68 6022
jpayne@68 6023 Libpng:
jpayne@68 6024 Initially created in 1995 by Guy Eric Schalnat, then of Group 42, Inc.
jpayne@68 6025 Maintained by Cosmin Truta.
jpayne@68 6026
jpayne@68 6027 Supported by the PNG development group.
jpayne@68 6028 .br
jpayne@68 6029 png-mng-implement at lists.sourceforge.net. (Subscription is required;
jpayne@68 6030 visit https://lists.sourceforge.net/lists/listinfo/png-mng-implement
jpayne@68 6031 to subscribe.)
jpayne@68 6032
jpayne@68 6033 .\" end of man page